AU2018228541B2 - Novel isoindoline derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof - Google Patents
Novel isoindoline derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- AU2018228541B2 AU2018228541B2 AU2018228541A AU2018228541A AU2018228541B2 AU 2018228541 B2 AU2018228541 B2 AU 2018228541B2 AU 2018228541 A AU2018228541 A AU 2018228541A AU 2018228541 A AU2018228541 A AU 2018228541A AU 2018228541 B2 AU2018228541 B2 AU 2018228541B2
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- formula
- mmol
- ethoxy
- methylsulfonyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/44—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
- C07D209/48—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
- A61K31/4035—Isoindoles, e.g. phthalimide
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/44—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
- C07D209/48—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
- C07D209/49—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide and having in the molecule an acyl radical containing a saturated three-membered ring, e.g. chrysanthemumic acid esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing alicyclic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Indole Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed in the present invention are a novel isoindoline derivative, and a pharmaceutical composition and an application thereof. The compound as represented by formula I, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a solvate, a crystal form, a stereoisomer, an isotopic compound, a metabolite, or a prodrug thereof disclosed in the present invention can be used for adjusting generation and the activity of PDE4 or TNF-α, so as to effectively treat cancer and inflammatory diseases.
Description
Field of the invention
Provided are a novel isoindoline derivative, a pharmaceutical composition and a use
thereof.
Background of the invention
Cyclic adenosine-3', 5'-monophosphate (cAMP) plays an important role as secondary
messenger in cells. The intracellular hydrolysis of cAMP to adenosine-5'-monophosphate
(AMP) is associated with many inflammatory diseases, including but not limited to psoriasis,
allergic rhinitis, shock, hereditary allergic dermatitis, Crohn's disease, adult respiratory distress
syndrome (ARDS), eosinophilic granuloma, allergic conjunctivitis, osteoarthritis and ulcerative
colitis. Cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase (PDE) is an important factor controlling the level
of cAMP. It is known that there are 11 members in PDE family. Although PDE1, PDE2, PDE3,
PDE4 and PDE7 all use cAMP as a substrate, only PDE4 and PDE7 are highly selective for the
hydrolysis of cAMP. Therefore, PDE inhibitors, especially PDE4 inhibitors, are considered as
cAMP enhancers. Immune cells contain PDE3 and PDE4, of which PDE4 is ubiquitous in
human monocytes. Therefore, inhibition of PDE4 is the goal of therapeutic interventions in
various disease processes. Studies have shown that the administration of PDE4 inhibitors
restores memory in animal models, including those of Alzheimer's disease. PDE4 has been
shown to be the major regulator of circular AMP in airway smooth muscle and inflammatory
cells. PDE4 inhibitors can be used to treat various diseases, including allergic and
inflammatory diseases, diabetes, central nervous system diseases, pain and so on.
Tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a) is a kind of proinflammatory cytokine, which plays an
important role in immune homeostasis, inflammation, and host defense. TNF-a has been
proved to be one of the major mediators of inflammation. Uncontrolled activity of TNF-a or
overproduction of TNF-a is associated with the pathology of various diseases, including but
not limited to cancers and inflammatory diseases. The dysregulation of TNF-a can also lead to
autoimmune diseases, toxic shock syndrome, cachexia, arthritis, psoriasis, HIV infection and
AIDS, nervous system diseases and central nervous system diseases, sepsis, congestive heart failure, transplant rejection and virus infections. Thus, reducing the level of TNF-a, or regulating the activity of TNF-a is a promising strategy in treating many immunological, inflammatory and malignant diseases (e.g., cancers and inflammation).
Thus, compounds capable of inhibiting PDE4 and/or TNF-a can treat a variety of diseases.
For example, Apremilast is a small molecule PDE4 inhibitor and immunomodulator that inhibits
PDE4 and TNF-a, and was approved by FDA for the treatment of psoriatic arthritis and plaque
psoriasis. However, Apremilast has central nervous system side effects and gastrointestinal side
effects such as headache, nausea and vomiting and gastric secretion. Therefore, it is clinically
urgent to continue looking for performance-optimized PDE4 inhibitors.
Content of the invention
The invention provides a compound of formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound, or prodrug thereof:
0-R2
|| N 0
1 N R Rl5 1 R R2 Formula I
wherein, the carbon atom labelled by * is an asymmetric center;
R 1 and R2 are independently H, D, substituted or unsubstituted (C-C6)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C)cycloalkyl, R6 -S(O) 2 - or R 6 -C(O)-;or, R and R2 and the nitrogen atom to
which they are attached together form a 5-7 membered heterocycle containing N;
R6 is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; or (CI-C6)alkyl, which is optionally
substituted with one or more groups selected from D, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, (C1-C6)alkyl
amino, (CI-C6)alkoxy and benzyloxy;
X1, X2 , X 3 , X 4 , X5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD, CR7 or N;
R7 is halogen or cyano;
R3 and R4 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl; or, R3 and R4 and the oxygen atom to which they are attached together form a 5-7 membered heterocycle containing 0;
R5 is substituted or unsubstituted (C-C6)alkyl;
Ro, R" and R 1 2are independently H or D;
the substituent in substituted (C1-C6)alkyl, substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or, substituted
(Ci-C6)alkyl-(C3-C)cycloalkyl is one or more (e.g. 1-6, preferably, 1-5) selected from the group
consisting of: D, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, (C1-C6)alkyl amino, (C-C 6)alkoxy and benzyloxy;
when there are a plurality of substituents, the substituents are the same or different;
provided that, one of X1 , X2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 is N.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I) disclosed herein at least one of
X 1, X2 , X 3 , X 4, X 5 and X6 is CR7 .
Preferably, the asymmetric center refers to (S)-configured carbon, (R)-configured carbon or
a racemate, more preferably, (S)-configured carbon.
In a preferred embodiment, the (C1-C6)alkyl in the substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl,
the substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl-(C3-C)cycloalkyl or the (C1-C6)alkyl amino is
preferably a (Ci-C4)alkyl. The (C1-C4)alkyl is preferably methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl,
n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl. The substituted (C1-C6)alkyl in the substituted or unsubstituted
(Ci-C6)alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted (Ci-C6)alkyl-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl is preferably
substituted with one or more halogen or D. In a preferred embodiment, the substituted
(C1-C6)alkyl is preferably CD 3 , CH 2D, CHD 2, C 2 D5 , CH2 CD 3 or CHF2 .
In a preferred embodiment, the (CI-C 6)alkoxy is preferably a (CI-C 4)alkoxy. The
(Ci-C 4)alkoxy is preferably methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy or
tert-butoxy.
In a preferred embodiment, the (C3-C6)cycloalkyl in the substituted or unsubstituted
(C3-C6)cycloalkyl and the substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl is
preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
In a preferred embodiment, the halogen is preferably fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, more preferably, fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
Ra
In a preferred embodiment, (Ci-C6)alkyl amino is"N 'R, wherein, one of Ra and Rb is H,
the other is (C1-C 6)alkyl; or Ra and R are independently (C-C6)alkyl.
In a preferred embodiment, when R' and R2 and the nitrogen atom to which they are
attached together form a 5-7 membered heterocycle containing N, the 5-7 membered
rN N" r N\ HN N heterocycle containing N is preferably selected from O
or
In a preferred embodiment, when R3 and R4 and the oxygen atom to which they are
attached together form a 5-7 membered heterocycle containing 0, the 5-7 membered
heterocycle containing 0 is preferably or 'O .
In a preferred embodiment, X 1 is N, X 2 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 ;
In a preferred embodiment, X2 is N, X1 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 ;
In a preferred embodiment, X3 is N, X1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 ;
In apreferred embodiment, X 4 is N, X 1, X2 , X 3 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 ;
In a preferred embodiment, X 5 is N, X1 , X 2 , X 3 , X4 and X 6 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 ;
In a preferred embodiment, X6 is N, X1 , X 2 , X 3 , X4 and X 5 are independently CH, CD or
CR 7 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 6 is N, X, X 2 , X 3 are independently CH, CD or CR7 , X 4 , X 5 are independently CH, CD;
In a preferred embodiment, X 6 is N, X' is CR7 , X2 , X3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or
CD. In a further embodiment, X 6 is N, X1 is CR7 , X2 , X3 , X 4 and X 5 are CH.
In a preferred embodiment, X 6 is N, X 2 is CR7 , X', X3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or
CD. In a further embodiment, X 6 is N, X 2 is CR7 , X', X3 , X 4 and X 5 is CH.
In a preferred embodiment, X 6 is N, X 3 is CR7 , X', X 2 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or
CD. In a further embodiment, X 6 is N, X 3 is CR7 , X', X 2 , X 4 and X 5 is CH. 6 In a preferred embodiment, one of R' and R2 is H or D, the other is R-S(O) - or R6 -C(O)-. 2
In a further embodiment, one of R' and R2 is H, the other is R6-C(O)-.
In a preferred embodiment, R6 is (C3-C)cycloalkyl; or (Ci-C4)alkyl, which is optionally
substituted with one or more substituents selected from D, halogen, hydroxyl, amino,
(Ci-C4)alkyl amino, (Ci-C 4)alkoxy, benzyloxy. Preferably, R6 is (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; or
(C1-C4)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
(Ci-C 4)alkoxy, benzyloxy. Further preferably, R 6 is cyclopropyl, methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl,
benzyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, isobutyl, dimethylaminomethyl, isopropyl, CD 3 or C 2D.
In a preferred embodiment, R7 is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or cyano.
In a preferred embodiment, R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl. The substituted (C1-C6)alkyl may be a (C1-C6)alkyl substituted with
one or more halogen or D. Preferably, R3 and R4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, CD 3 , CH2D, CHD 2 , C 2 D 5 , CH 2CD 3 or CHF 2 .
In a preferred embodiment, R5 is substituted or unsubstituted (Ci-C6)alkyl. In a more
preferably embodiment, R 5 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, CD 3 , CH2 D, CHD 2 , C2 D5 , or
CH2 CD 3 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 3 is CR 7 , X1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano.
In a preferred embodiment, X 2 is CR 7 , X1 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano.
In a preferred embodiment, X 1 is CR 7 , X 2 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano.
In a preferred embodiment, X 3 is CR7 , X1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano; one of R3 and R4 is substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl, substituted
(C 3 -C)cycloalkyl or substituted (Ci-C 6)alkyl-(C 3 -C)cycloalkyl. Preferably, one of R3 and R4
is (C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one or more halogen or D. More preferably, one of R3 and R4 is
CD 3 or CHF 2 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 2 is CR 7 , X1 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano; one of R3 and R4 is substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl, substituted
(C3-C)cycloalkyl or substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl-(C3-C)cycloalkyl. Preferably, one of R3 and R4
is (C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one or more halogen or D. More preferably, one of R3 and R4 is
CD 3 or CHF 2 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 1 is CR 7 , X 2 , X 3, X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano; one of R3 and R4 is substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl, substituted
(C3-C)cycloalkyl or substituted (Ci-C6)alkyl-(C3-C)cycloalkyl. Preferably, one of R3 and R4
is (C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one or more halogen or D. More preferably, one of R3 and R4 is
CD 3 or CHF 2 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 3 is CR 7 , X 1, X 2 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano; one of R3 and R4 is CH 3 , CD 3 , CH 2 5 , C 2 D, CH 2CD 3 or CHF 2
, the other is CD 3 or CHF2 .
In a preferred embodiment, X 3 is CR 7 , X 1, X 2 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are independently CH or CD;
R7 is fluorine, chlorine or cyano; R3 is CD 3 or CHF 2, R4 is CH 3 , CD 3 , CH 2 5 , C 2 D or CH2 CD 3 .
In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula I is selected from the following compounds: 0- 0- OCDs O-CD3
F 00 F 0 0 O 00F O O
N N 0 N H
NH 0 'YNH 0 S NH S 'Y NH O O 101 0 102 o 103 O 104
0-D -CD 3 0-CD 3 OCD3 F 0 F 00F 0 0 F 0 N' N, \ 003 CAj~-~ I 00 N 0 N4 0 11,0 N 0 H S g' H
>r NH 0 NH 0 ' "' NH 0 107YNH 10 0105 0 106 0 170 10
0- 0 0-003 0-CO 3
F 0 0 F 0 0 1 0
N N 0 N N N N00 0 ~ N00 0
, H SCD S'f I, \0 ~yNH 109 NNHq 110 NH 0 ' NH 012 0 0 0 0 0 012
0-CD3 0- 0 c0 0 0O 0~0O NN- NN 0 y N 0 \- N. 0 N 0 N 1I0N YL 5,o 11-0
0 114'YNH 011 NNH 011 N.y NH 0 113'YNH 11 114150 1
0-CD 3 0-003 0-003 0-003
F - \ -0\0 \-00\
N 0 N 0 N 0N 0 N ,o N 0.' HU1
NH ~NH 0NH 0 H S 0 0 NH20N 0 117 0 118 0 119 012
0-CHF 2 0-CHF 2 0- 0
F 00\- F 0o 0\ - F 0\- F 0N 'o0\ 1 N 0 N :'-F N N 4 10 S-OS,- 0 i'0 H 5'
'H 0 'YNH 0 'Y ~lNH 0 "'NH 0 0 121 0 122 0 201 0 202
-03 0000 000 03 0 0 F\\ FF ND ' 3F N D03 N 4 0 N N 0 I N 0 H 1"'o01-14 S; H-S, H !,H 1-SD 1101. 110
NH 0 'Y >NH 0 'Y >NH 0 "r ~ NH 0
0 203 0 204 0 205 0 206
0-003 0-CD3 0-CD3 0-CD3
0 0 0 - 0 0 0 F N ' 2 05 N \CD F( F N \003 F) '35 N 0N 0 N 0 N 0
'NH 0 " NH 0 ' ~ NH 09 "NH 21 0 207 0 208 0 290 21
0- 0- 0 0-
\ \ N 00 N 00 0 N 0 N4 P NI N NH 0 yN 0 NH0 'YNH 0 0 302 0 401 0 501 0 301
0- 0- 0 0-
0 /\0 N 0/o N N- - 0II\ '~ ,-- -N 0 q 0N N '0 N.0 NH 0 NH 0 NH 0 0N
0- 0 0-0-
NN 0 N P4 y NH'YN 0 Y NH 0 N 70 0 50 0 ' 6 11, 0 0 H0
0-00 0-0- 0-
F, 0 N 0 0 F1, 11,0 00 0 707 0 1 00 70N NN 0 N~~ 0 0205: 0 110 SN- 0 NS N 30 NH 0 HS T\H NH 0 ,NH 0 0YN yN 0 730 740 713 0 74
0-0 0-0 0-003 0-00
F F 0 F 00 0 N N 0C0 0 20 N- N "' Q0~ 110 N0"'o IIIN~ 0 N0
0 0 NH 0 " NH 0y H yNH
0 76 717 0 718 715
0-003 -03 -03 -03
0 F 0 F I'.o N- 00 N -N 030D5 F 0
NH 0 71 N H Hs NNH 0 72 0 72 722
0 71 0 72 0 138
0-CD3 0-CD3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3
FN 0CD C 0 0 -'F, N \F - N CA N 0 N "0 N 00 0. N~ 0 I N *0 "', 1 410 1o H-S' H~ S ~NH 0 ~ NH 0 "..NH 0 "Y NH0 72 0Y 724 0 725 0 726
0 -C3N0- 0- 0 \0 0-D N 0C0 0 -N 0 0 N0 F -N 'C2D 5 NIN 0 N 0 0 .H N"-':o' "NH 2 0N0 _0 0' CI 0
"-n N ", N? H S?N N0 00~, - o
. 729 NH YNH 0 -NH 0 'YNH 02 0 770 30 0 31 73 0- 0- 0- 0 c 00 0 00CN 0 0 N N-NN NN -NC
NH 0 JN 0/ 0 5 000 0 736
0- 0-s-0-'0
H1, 1IIjN 0 IN 0 0 NH N73 0 009 737 00 73 003 0 740 0-0-0 0
0-_0 0 N N N "'~o -1, S 1- S1
HOYNH 074 'Y NH 0 -,, N 0 N 0 3 0 733 0734743
0-0- 0- 0 0 0 F00 0 /
0 S-0 Sf s 0NN 0 H ' NH N.0 ,,NH 0 H0sNH
0 0 74 74
0 0 -N -
0- 0- 0- 0 F 0 0 0 0o 00
N NA" 0 ~~ _ N0N * N 0 H N1, 0 HI~ '1-0 IISO 0a 0-yNH 0'- NH 0 0 -- yNH 0 N0 NH 0 747 0 748 0 749 0 750
0- 0- 0- 0
F 0o - F0 00 -N >JX - N -JNN _N N -ONH
NHO 0 "N'H0oN N
0-0- 0- 0 0 F 0 /\N ~'S" SO 0 .-
YNH 0 ~ N NH 0 N NH 0 N NH 0 0 755 756 0 75 o 75
0-0- 0- 0
0 00 0 0 \ ~ F\ j 4 o
0~\ 0 008 6
0- -N F F0 0 0- 3 N loN I0I_ N. 0' 0 H ,H -Sa gHS NH NH 0 NH 0 NH 7 0 76 7657 0 766
0-D -0 0- 0
F 0 0 0 0 0 -N \ oN -N N- 0 N_ N 0 H S So NH 0NH 0 NH NH 0 0 77 0 76 0 769 0 770
0- 0-D -0 -D3 0 0 F 0 0
NH 0 NH 00HN 0 77 0\ 7720N
The invention further provides a method of preparing the compound of formula I, which is
selected from method A or method B: method A, including the following steps: the compound
of formula I-A and the compound of formula I-B are reacted as follows to prepare the
compound of formula I;
O-R3 3 O-R
)(4 C R46 XN /R4
IiN S0
Formula I-A Formula I-B Formula I.
wherein,X , X2 , X3 , X4 ,X 5 , X6 ,R,R2,R 4 ,R 5 ,R' 0 ,Rand R 12 areasdefinedabove.
Preferably, the compound of formula I-A and the compound of formula I-B are reacted in
the presence of acid. The acid is aconventional acid for such reaction in the field of organic
synthesis, and is preferably, acetic acid. In the preparation method of the compound of formula I, the reaction conditions may be
the conventional conditions for such reaction in the field of organic synthesis. In the reaction, the amount of acid may not be specifically limited, as long as itdoes not affect the reaction. The amount of compound of formula I-A and compound of formula I-B may be selected
according to the conventional amount of such reaction in the field of organic synthesis. The reaction temperature may be the conventional temperature for such reaction in this field, preferably,10 C-120 C.
method B, including the following steps: the compound of formula1-3 and the compound of formula1I-4 are reacted as follows to prepare the compound of formula I;
N O + RRY
NH 2 0 R1 11 \ Formula 1-4 R2 Formula 1-3 Formula I
wherein, X 1, X 2 , X3 , X 4 , X 5, X 6 R1, R2, R3, R4 , R 0, R" and R 12 are as defined in any
one of claims 1-13; Y is a leaving group.
In another embodiment of the method B, the compound of formula 1-4 may be replaced by
the compound of formula 1-4' (R 6-S(O) 2 -Y) to prepare the compound of formula I, wherein the
groups are as defined above.
The preparation methods of the compound of formula I may also be obtained by referring to
the conventional methods of such kind of compounds in the field of organic synthesis. The
conditions and steps involved in the chemical reactions may be carried out by referring to the
conventional conditions and steps of such reactions in organic synthesis, and the compounds
obtained by the above-mentioned methods may also be further modified in the peripheral
positions to get other target compounds of the invention.
The invention also provides an intermediate compound for the synthesis of the compound of
formula I, such as compounds of formula1-3,
O-R X4 R4
0 x 0 ||N R 12 S0O 0 R10 11 \ NH 2 R R
Formula 1-3
wherein, X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X4 , X 5, X 6, R3, R4 , R5, R10, R" and R12 are as defined above.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises one or more of
the compound of formula I, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof, and one or more pharmaceutical excipients. The pharmaceutical composition may further comprise other therapeutic agent with pharmacological activity. The other therapeutic agent may include but not limited to anti-angiogenesis drugs, immunomodulators, immunotherapeutic drugs, chemotherapeutic drugs, hormone compounds, anti-tumor drugs or anti-inflammatory drugs.
The pharmaceutically acceptable excipient can be those widely used in drug manufacture field. The excipient is mainly used to provide a safe, stable and functionalized pharmaceutical
composition, and can also provide a method which makes the active ingredients dissolved at a
desired rate after the subject receives administration or promotes the effective absorbtion of the active ingredients after the subject is administered with the composition. The excipient can be
an inert filler, or provide a certain function, such as stabilizing the overall pH value of the
composition or preventing the degradation of the active ingredients of the composition. The pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may comprise one or more of the following excipients:
binder, suspending agent, emulsifier, diluent, filler, granulating agent, adhesive, disintegrating
agent, lubricant, anti-adhesive agent, glidant, wetting agent, gelling agent, absorption retarder, dissolution inhibitor, reinforcing agent, adsorbent, buffer, chelating agent, preservative,
colorant, flavoring agent and sweetening agent. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be prepared based on the contents
disclosed herein according to any method known by one skilled in the art. For example, the
pharmaceutical composition can be prepared by mixing one or more of the compound of
formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer,
isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof, with one or more pharmaceutically
acceptable excipients, based on common preparation technology for medicaments. The
technologies include but not limited to conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating,
emulsifying, levigating, wrapping, embedding or freeze-dry process.
The pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may be formulated for
administration in any route, including injection (intravenous), mucosal, oral administration
(solid and liquid preparation), inhalation, ocular administration, rectal administration, topical
or parenteral (infusion, injection, implantation, subcutaneous, vein, artery, intramuscular)
administration. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention can also be controlled release or delayed release dosage forms. Examples of solid oral preparation include but not limited to powder, capsule, caplet, soft capsule or tablet. Examples of liquid preparation for oral or mucosal administration include but not limited to suspension, emulsion, elixir and solution.
Examples of topical preparation include but not limited to emulsion, gel, ointment, cream,
patch, paste, foam, lotion, drops or serum preparation. Examples of preparation for parenteral
administration include but not limited to injection solution, dry preparation which can be
dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, injectable suspension and
injectable emulsion. Examples of other suitable preparations of the pharmaceutical
composition include but not limited to eye drops and other ophthalmic preparations; aerosol,
such as nasal spray or inhalation; liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration;
suppository and pastille.
The therapeutic or prophylactic amount of one or more of the compound of formula I, or
the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic
compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof, any pharmaceutical composition or preparation
thereof etc., may be administrated to a subject over a period (drug delivery cycle), followed by
a period free of the compound (non-drug delivery cycle). The drug delivery cycle and non-drug
delivery cycle can be repeated for required times. The required length and times of the drug
delivery cycle and non-drug delivery cycle depend on the type and/or severity of the disease,
disorder or condition being treated or prevented, and the gender, age, weight of the subject, and
other parameters (e.g., the subject's biological, physical and physiological conditions, etc.).
One skilled in the art can sufficiently determine a suitable length and times for the drug
delivery cycle and non-drug delivery cycle based on the contents disclosed herein.
The invention further provided a method for regulating the generation or activity of PDE4
or TNF-a, which comprises administering to a subject in need a therapeutically effective
amount of one or more of the compound of formulaI, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug
thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition thereof.
The invention further provided a use of the one or more of the compound of formula I, the
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for regulating the generation or activity of PDE4 and/or TNF-a.
The invention further provided the compound of formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite
and prodrug thereof for use in regulating the generation or activity of PDE4 and/or TNF-a. In an embodiment, when the term "regulate" is used to describe the activity or generation of a specific molecule, it refers to inhibiting the activity or generation of the molecule. In another embodiment, when the term "regulate" is used to describe the activity or generation of a specific molecule, it refers to increasing or enhancing the activity or generation of the
molecule. However, in another embodiment, when the term "regulate" is used to describe the activity or generation of a specific molecule, it refers to decreasing or increasing the activity or generation of the molecule. In another aspect, provided is a method of treating or preventing a disease, disorder or condition caused by abnormal generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a comprising
administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the compound of formula I, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite or prodrug thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition thereof. The invention further provided a use of the one or more of the compound of formula I, the
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing a disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a. The invention further provided the compound of formula I, the pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof for use in treating or preventing a disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a. According to the method or use of the invention, examples of the disease, disorder or
condition related to abnormal generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a include but not limited to cancers, inflammatory diseases, diseases and disorders associated with undesired angiogenesis, pains, macular degeneration (MD) syndrome, skin diseases, keratosis, respiratory system disease (such as asthma or COPD), immunodeficiency diseases, central nervous system
(CNS) diseases, autoimmune diseases, atherosclerosis, heredity, allergy, viruses, sleep
disorders and associated syndrome. Well-known examples of the disease, disorder or condition
in the field include but not limited to those described in PCT patent publications
W02012015986 and W02006018182 and US patent publication US20100204227.
In an embodiment, examples of the disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal
generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a are psoriatic arthritis and plaque psoriasis.
The method of treating or preventing a disease, disorder or condition of the invention
comprises administering one or more of the compound of formula I, the pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite and prodrug thereof to a
subject by any suitable means, such as injection, mucosal, oral, inhalation, ocular, rectal,
long-acting implant, liposome, emulsion or sustained release method.
One skilled in the art understands that the therapeutically effective or prophylactically
effective amount of the compound of the invention may vary with factors for a specific subject,
such as age, diet, health, etc., the severity, complication and type of the disease, disorder or
condition to be treated or prevented, and the preparation used etc. Based on the disclosures of
the invention, one skilled in the art can easily determine therapeutically effective or
prophylactically effective amount of the compound to be administered to the subject, so as to
induce the desired biological or medical response in the subject.
The present application cites or describes a variety of publications, articles and patents, the purpose of citing or describing these references or incorporating these references by their entireties or discussing these references is to illustrate the background of the invention rather than admission that the contents of these references contribute to a part of the prior art of the invention. Unless otherwise defined, the technical and scientific terms used herein have the same
meanings as those commonly understood by one skilled in the art. Otherwise, certain terms
used herein have the meanings specified in the present description. All the patents, published
applications and publications cited herein are incorporated herein by reference, just like
elaborating in detail herein. It should be noted that, unless otherwise indicated explicitly in the context, the singular form used herein and in the attached claims encompass the plural meaning. Unless otherwise specifically defined, the ratios (including percentages) or parts used herein are by weight. When used in conjunction with a numerical variable, the terms "about" and "approximately" generally mean that the value of that variable and all values of that variable are within experimental error (for example, within a 95% confidence interval for the mean) or +10% of the specified value or wider. The expressions "comprising", "including", "having", and the like, are meant to be open, and do not exclude additional unenumerated elements, steps, or components. The expression "consisting of' excludes any element, step or ingredient that is not specified. The expression "consisting essentially of' means that the scope is limited to the specified elements, steps or components, and the optionally existed elements, steps or components that do not substantially affect the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed subject matter. It should be understood that the expression "comprising" encompasses the expression "consisting essentially of' and "consisting of."
The term "substituted" or "substitute" means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on a particular atom are replaced by a substituent as long as the valence state of the particular atom
is normal and the substituted compound is stable. As used herein, when the specific salt, composition, and excipient etc. are referred to as "pharmaceutically acceptable", it means that the salt, composition, or excipient etc. are generally non-toxic, safe, and suitable for administration to a subject, preferably mammalian, more preferably human. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" used herein refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salt. Examples of the salt include but are not limited to, sulfate, citrate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, hydrosulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate,
bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzosulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and embonate (i.e. 1-1-methylene-bis(2-hydroxyl-3-naphthoate)). The compounds of the invention may be used to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids. Suitable alkali salt includes but is not limited to, aluminum salt, calcium salt, lithium salt, magnesium salt, potassium salt, sodium salt, zinc salt, bismuth salt and diethanolamine salt.
As used herein, the term "metabolite" refers to an active substance produced by a drug
molecule which has gone through chemical structure changes in vivo, the active substance is
generally a derivative of the aforementioned drug molecule, and also can be chemically
modified.
As used herein and unless otherwise specified, the term "polymorph" refers to one or
more kinds of crystal structure formed by different arrangements of molecules in the lattice
space when crystallizing.
As used herein, the term "co-crystal" refers to a multi-component system comprising one or more API (active pharmaceutical ingredient) molecules and one or more object (or ligand) molecules. In the co-crystal, API molecules and object (or ligand) molecules exist as solids at room temperature when they are used in their pure form alone (in order to distinguish co-crystal from solvate or hydrate). From this particular definition, salts in which significant or complete proton exchange occurs between API molecules and guest molecules are excluded. In the co-crystal, API and ligands interact through hydrogen bonds and other possible non-covalent interactions. It is noted that the co-crystal itself may form solvates, including hydrates. As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to a crystal form of the compound of formula I,
or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic
compound, metabolite or prodrug thereof, which further has one or more solvent molecules
incorporated into the crystal structure. The solvate may include a stoichiometric amount or a
non-stoichiometric amount of solvent, and the solvent molecule in the solvent may exist in an
ordered or non-ordered arrangement. The solvate containing a non-stoichiometric amount of
solvent molecules may be formed by losing at least one solvent molecule (but not all) from the
solvate. In a particular embodiment, a solvate refers to a hydrate, which means the crystal of
the compound further includes water molecule, and the water molecule is used as a solvent.
As used herein and unless otherwise specified, the term "prodrug" refers to a derivative of
the compound comprising a biologically reactive functional group, the biological reactive functional group can be cleaved from the compound or react in other ways to give the compound under biological conditions (in vivo or in vitro). Usually, the prodrug is inactive, or at least has lower activity than the compound, which makes the compound exhibit its activity after it is cleaved from the biologically reactive functional group. The biologically reactive functional group can be hydrolyzed or oxidized under biological conditions to give the compound. For instance, the prodrug may contain a biologically hydrolysable group. Examples of the biologically hydrolysable group include but not limited to a biologically hydrolysable phosphate, a biologically hydrolysable ester, a biologically hydrolysable amide, a biologically hydrolysable carbonic ester, a biologically hydrolysable carbamate and a biologically hydrolysable ureide. The compound of formula I in the invention, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite or prodrug thereof, can contain one or more asymmetric centers ("stereoisomer"). As used herein, the term "stereoisomer" refers to all stereoisomers including enantiomer, diastereoisomer, epimer, endo-exo isomer, atropisomer, regioisomer, cis- and trans-isomer. The "stereoisomer" herein also includes "pure stereoisomer" and "enriched stereoisomer" or "racemic isomer" of the various aforementioned stereoisomers. These stereoisomers can be prepared according to an asymmetric synthesis process, or separated, purified and enriched by a chiral separation process (including but not limited to thin layer chromatography, rotating chromatography, column chromatography, gas chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography, etc.), as well as obtained by chiral separation by means of bonding (chemical binding etc.) or salifying (physical binding etc.) with other chiral compound(s). The term "pure stereoisomer" herein refers to that the mass content of a stereoisomer of the compound is no less than 95% relative to other stereoisomers of the compound. The term "enriched stereoisomer" herein refers to that the mass content of a stereoisomer of the compound is no less than 50% relative to other stereoisomers of the compound. The term "racemic isomer" herein refers to that the mass content of a stereoisomer of the compound is equal to that of another stereoisomer of the compound. The term "isotopic compound" used herein refers to that there is one or more atomic isotopes with natural or non-natural abundance contained in the compound of formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, metabolite or prodrug thereof. Atomic isotopes with non-natural abundance include, but are not limited to, deuterium (2H or D), tritium (3H or T), iodine-125 (1251), phosphorus-32 ( 3 2 P), carbon-13 ( 3 C) or carbon-14 ( 1 4C). The aforementioned isotopic compound can also be used as a therapeutic or diagnostic agent (i.e., internal developing agent) or research tool. All the isotopic variants of the compound of the invention, whether or not radioactive, are included in the scope of the invention. The term "isotope enriched" used herein refers to that there is one or more atomic isotopes with non-natural abundance contained in the compound of formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite or prodrug thereof. The term "isotope enriched" also refers to that the compound of formula I, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic compound, metabolite or prodrug compound thereof, contains at least one isotopic atom with non-natural abundance. As used herein, the term "patient" or "subject" refers to any animal to be treated or have been treated with the compound or the composition according to an embodiment of the invention, mammalian is preferable, and human is the most preferable. The term "mammalian" used herein includes any mammals. Examples of mammal include but are not limited to cattle, horse, sheep, pig, cat, dog, mice, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, human, etc., human is the most preferable. The terms "subject" and "patient" are used interchangeably herein. In an embodiment, the terms "treat" and "treating" refers to an improvement, prevention or reversal of a disease or disorder or at least one of identifiable symptoms thereof, such as treating cancer by reducing or stabilizing the symptoms of cancer or a disease. In another embodiment, "treat" or "treating" refers to an improvement, prevention or reversal of at least one measurable body parameter of a disease or disorder which is being treated, the disease or disorder may not be identified in mammal. However, in another embodiment, the term "treat" or "treating" refers to slow the progress of a disease or disorder, in physical, such as stabilizing identifiable symptoms, or in physiological, such as stabilizing physical parameters, or in both.
In another embodiment, the term "treat" or "treating" refers to delaying the onset of a disease or
disorder. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for a prevention purpose. As used
herein, "prevent" or "preventing" refers to a reduction in a risk of given disease or symptom. In
a preferred mode of embodiment, the designated compound is administered to a subject for a prevention purpose, such as the subject with family history or tendency of cancer or autoimmune disease. As used herein, "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of the compound or the composition that can cause a biological or medical response (which is sought by
researchers, veterinarians, physicians, or other clinicians) for a tissue system, an animal or a person, where may include relieving symptoms of the disease or symptom which is being treated. In a preferred embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount is an amount which is enough to effectively treat, improvably treat or prevent the disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal generation or regulation of PDE4 and/or TNF-a.
The term "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount of an active compound or agent (sought by researchers, veterinarians, physicians or other clinicians), that can inhibit the onset of a disease in a subject. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent used alone or in combination with other active compound,
which can provide a therapeutic benefit for treating or preventing the disease, disorder or condition. Unless otherwise specified, the singular form of the term used herein, "a" or "an", also includes a plural meaning. Unless otherwise specified, the term "or" or "and" used herein refers to "and/ or".
Unless otherwise specified, the"-" or"-" in the specific group herein refers to a
connection position.
The term "optional" or "optionally" means the event or circumstance described subsequent thereto may or may not happen. This term encompasses the cases that the event or circumstance may or may not happen. For example, "optional substitution" or "optionally substituted" encompasses the cases that being unsubstituted or substituted.
The term "Cm-Cn" or "Cm-n" used herein refers to m-n carbon atoms in the part. For example, "Ci-C 6 alkyl" refers to an alkyl with 1-6 carbon atoms. The range of numbers herein
covers the integers in a given range and the sub-ranges formed by these integers. For example,
"Ci-6" or "C1-C 6" means that the group may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. Correspondingly, "C 1-6 alkyl" covers "C2-5 ", "C 1 4 " , "C24" and C1 , C2, C3, C 4 , C5 , C6 , etc.
The term "one or more" or "at least one" used herein refers to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or
more. Unless otherwise specified, the term "hetero" refers to a heteroatom or a heteroatom group
(i.e., an atomic group containing heteroatoms), i.e., an atom other than carbon and hydrogen, or
an atomic group containing these atoms. Preferably, heteroatoms are independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, etc. In the embodiment in which there are two or more
heteroatoms, the two or more heteroatoms may be the same to each other, or part or all of the
two or more heteroatoms may be different from each other. The term "alkyl", when used alone or in combination with other terms, refers to saturated
aliphatic hydrocarbon groups consisting of straight or branched chains of carbon and hydrogen
atoms, which are linked to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. "Alkyl" includes, for example, Ci-C 6 alkyl. Non-restrictive examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl,
propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc. The alkyl groups
described herein may be optionally substituted. The term "alkoxy", when used alone or in combination with other terms, refers to the "alkyl" described above, which is connected to the rest of the molecule by "-0-", wherein alkyl
is defined as above. "Alkoxy" includes, for example, CI-C6 alkoxy. The alkoxy described herein may be optionally substituted.
The term "C3-C 6 cycloalkyl", when used alone or in combination with other terms, refers
to a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon ring containing 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms ("C3-C6 cycloalkyl"), examples of which are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, etc.
The C3-C 6 cycloalkyl described herein may be optionally substituted. Ra
The term "(C-C6)alkyl amino" refers to 'R, wherein one of Ra and Rb is H, the other
is (C1-C6)alkyl; or Ra and R are independently (C-C6)alkyl.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclyl" refers to a group of saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic systems in which one or more ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S and the rest are C. Herein, when there are more than one heteroatom, heteroatoms
can be the same or different from each other. "5-7 membered heterocycle" refers to heterocycles containing 5-7 ring atoms, wherein, one or more, preferably, 1 or 2 ring atoms are
independently selected from 0, N and S, and the rest ring atoms are C. The heterocycle or
heterocyclyl described herein may be optionally substituted. Accordingly, the term "5-7 membered heterocycle containing N" refers to the
above-mentioned "5-7 membered heterocycle ", wherein at least one heteroatom is N. The
rN rN N\ NN
example is 0 , HN , N , 0 or
Similarly, the term " 5-7 membered heterocycle containing 0 " refers to the above-mentioned "5-7 membered heterocycle", wherein at least one heteroatom is 0. The
example is or .
The term "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
The term "hydroxyl" refers to -OH.
The term "cyano" refers to -CN. The term "amino" refers to - NH 2 . The amino described herein may be optionally
substituted, for example, be substituted with one or more C 1 .6 alkyl. The term "substituted" used herein refers to the optional substitution of one or more
hydrogen of a designated atom by a given group, provided that the normal valence of the
designated atom in the current situation is not exceeded and that the substitution forms a stable
compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permitted only when such
combinations form stable compounds. Herein, examples of substituents include but are not
limited to deuterium (D), benzyloxy, alkyl amine, C1 .6 alkyl, halogen, C1 .6 alkoxy, halogenated
C 1.6 alkyl, halogenated C 1 .6 alkoxy, heterocyclyl, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino,
sulfonyl, C3-C 6 cycloalkyl, etc.
Deuterium (D or 2H) is a stable non-radioactive isotope of hydrogen, its atomic weight is
2.0144. Hydrogen exists in the form of an isotopic mixture of H (hydrogen or protium), D (2H
or deuterium) and T (3H or tritium) in natural, where the deuterium abundance is 0.0156%.
According to the common technical knowledge in the field, of all the compounds whose
structures contain natural hydrogen atoms, the hydrogen atom actually represents a mixture of
H, D and T. Therefore, if a compound contains a deuterium whose abundance greater than its
natural abundance 0.0156% at any position, these compounds should be considered to be
non-natural or deuterium enriched, and thus these compounds are novel compared with its
non-enriched analogues.
In the invention, "deuterium enriched" compound refers to a compound of formula I, or
the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopic
compound, metabolite or prodrug thereof, where the deuterium abundance is greater than its
natural abundance at any relevant position. Therefore, in the "deuterium enriched" compound,
the deuterium abundance at any of the relevant positions is likely between more than 0.0156%
and 100%. The deuterium enriched position is represented by D, whereas the non-deuterium
enriched position is represented by H. According to the common technical knowledge in the
field, the symbol H may be elided at the non-deuterium enriched position. An example of a
process for preparing a deuterium enriched compound is replacing the hydrogen with the
deuterium, or employing deuterium-enriched starting material to synthesize the compound.
In the invention, the percentage of the deuterium in the enriched deuterium or the
deuterium abundance refers to molar percentage.
In the invention, non-deuterium enriched refers to the hydrogen in natural, which is in the
form of a mixture of isotopes H (hydrogen or protium), D (2H or deuterium) and T (3H or
tritium).
Each preferred conditions aforementioned can be combined in any way without departing from the common knowledge in the art and thereby forming various preferred embodiments of the invention. The reagents and starting materials used herein are all commercially available.
The positive effects of the invention are that the compound of formula I can regulate the generation and/or activity of PDE4 and/or TNF-a so as to effectively treat cancer and inflammatory diseases. In addition, the compound of the invention has lower toxicity and good safety.
Detailed Description of the Embodiments The invention will be further illustrated by the following examples, but it should not be constructed that the invention is limited to the scope of the examples. The experimental methods that are not specified in details in the following examples are those according to
conventional methods and conditions, or according to the product manuals. In the following examples, overnight means 10-16 hours, preferably 12 hours. Reflux refers to the reflux temperature of a solvent at atmospheric pressure. Example 1 Synthesis of compound 101
0
F ~ \ 0 EQ EQ F 0 0H 2N 09- F 0 0
lyO POHPd/C /C ( OHAc OHH 20 O HN AcOH 0 \ N0 2 0 NH 2 0 0NH O 101-A 101-C 101-E O 101
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 101-C
To a solution of compound 101-A (3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) (1.9 g, 8.3 mmol) in
MeOH (50 mL) was added Pd/C (200 mg, 10%, 50% water). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C
overnight under H 2 (50 psi). After the reaction is finished, the mixture was filtered through a
Celite pad, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford compound 101-C
(3-amino-6-fluorophthalic acid) (1.6 g, yield: 97%) as a yellow solid. 'H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d) 67.09 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (dd, J= 6.0, 5.1 Hz, 1H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 101-E
A solution of 101-C (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) in Ac20 (8 mL) was stirred at 25 °C overnight.
Then the solvent was evaporated to give compound 101-E [N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro
isobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide] (320 mg, yield: 57%) as a yellow solid. 'H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d) 69.94 (s, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J= 9.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (s, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 101 A solution of 101-E (380 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine(CAS No. 253168-94-4) (465 mg, 1.7 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL)
was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated and purified by
prep-HPLC (NH 4HCO 3/CH 3CN system) and then freeze-dried to get
101(N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide)) (412 mg, yield: 51%) as a yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.74 (s, 1H), 8.37-8.42 (m, 1H), 7.64 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H),
7.04 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.99 (m, 2H), 5.74 (dd, J= 10.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.04 - 3.97
(m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H). MS: 477 ([M-1]').
Synthesis of starting material 101-A F F F COOH H 2SO 4 , HNO 3 COOH COOH KMnO4 , NaOH, H 2 0 COOH
NO 2 NO 2 SM 101-Al 101-A
To a solution of 2-fluoro-6-methylbenzoic acid (CAS No. 90259-27-1) (14 g, 90.9 mmol)
in 110 mL conc.H2SO4 was added dropwise fuming HNO3 (5 mL) in 20 mL of conc.H2SO4 at
-15 °C. Then the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into crack-ice
under stirring. The resulting solid was collected and dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL), washed
with water (1OOmL*2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dry to give compound
101-Al (6-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoic acid) (15.3 g, yield: 85%) as white solid. IH NMR
(300 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H).
To a solution of compound 101-Al (6-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoic acid) (13.6 g, 68
mmol) in 150 mL H 2 0 was added NaOH (8.2 g, 205 mmol), the solution was stirred at 80 °C
for 3 hours. KMnO4 (86 g, 547 mmol) was added portion wise during 3 hours. Then the
mixture was stirred at 80 °C for another 30 minutes. The solution was filtered and washed with
hot water (80 mL*3). Cooled with ice-water and acidified with 2N HCl to pH=1. Extracted
with EtOAc(200 mL*5), the combined EtOAc phase was washed with water (300 mL*2), brine
(300 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated to dryness to give product 101-A (3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) (4.5 g, yield: 29%) as white solid. 'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 6 8.28-8.24 (m, 1H), 7.8 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H). Example 2 Synthesis of compound 102
F O O- O F F 0 O - O HOAc F O
H N 101-E 102-A O 102
To a solution of 102-A ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine (S)-2-acetamido-4-methylpentanoate) (CAS No. 608141-43-1) (300 mg, 0.67
mmol) in AcOH (15 mL) was added 101-E (N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3
dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide) (157 mg, 0.7 mmol) and reacted at 120 °C for overnight.
The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness via rotary evaporation, purified by prep-HPLC
and freeze-dried to get compound 102((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide))(197mg, yield:61%)
as a yellow solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 9.73 (s, 1H), 8.41-8.44 (m, 1H), 7.65 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J= 14.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 14.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s,3H),2.17(s,3H),1.32(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LC-MS:496([M+18]f).
Example 3 Synthesis of compound 103
CD 3 0 O HO CD 3 0D 0 -' D 3C NH 4 0H O DIAD, Ph 3 P KOH, DMF H3BO3,, H20 I THE S-o0 3 2 103-A T 103-B O 103-C 0 F O
O O-CD3 0 ' CD 3 O' CD 3 NH 0 F 0 /\ O chiral separation / O 101-E N O 01 AcOH H S S S YNH O H2 N b H2 N b 103-D 103-E 0 103
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 103-B
To a solution of compound 103-A (3-ethoxy-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, CAS No.121-32-4)
(10.1 g, 60.77 mmol), CD 30D (2.4 g, 66.9 mmol) and Ph3 P (19.12 g, 73 mmol) in THF (250
mL) was slowly added DIAD (14.75 g, 73 mmol) at 0 °C. Then the mixture was stirred at 30 °C
for 2 hours. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (4:1) to give the product 103-B
(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxybenzaldehyde) as colorless oil (11 g, 99%). 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 69.85 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H),
4.18 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 2. synthesis of compound 103-C
A solution of dimethyl sulfone (14.1 g, 150.3 mmol), KOH (5.05 g, 90.1 mmol) in DMF
(150 mL) was stirred for 15 minutes at 30 °C. Compound 103-B (11 g, 60.1 mmol) was added
to the mixture slowly. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 60 °C. The mixture was quenched
with NH 4 Cl (300 mL), extracted with EtOAc (200 mL*2). The combined organic phase was
washed with brine (200 mL*2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to
give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with
PE:EtOAc (2:1) to give the product 103-C (2-ethoxy-1-d3-methoxy-4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)
vinyl)benzene) as yellow solid (6.5 g, 42%). H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 67.55 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10
(d, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.88-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.76 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.99
(s, 3H), 1.50 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. synthesis of compound 103-D A solution of H 3 B03 (0.775 g, 12.5 mmol) in H2 0 (25 mL) was stirred at 60 °C for 30
minutes. Then 103-C (6.5 g, 25 mmol) and NH 4 0H (250 mL) was added. The mixture was
stirred at 80 °C in a sealed tube for 3 days. The mixture was extracted with DCM (150 mL*3),
the combined organic phase was washed with 2 N HCl (150 mL*2). The combined water phase
was adjusted with NaOH to pH=10 then was extracted with DCM (150 mL*2). The combined
organic solution was dried, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to get the product 103-D
(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) (3.5 g, 51%).
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 6.83-6.93 (m, 3H), 4.60 (dd, J= 9.3, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (q,
J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 2H), 1.47 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 4. synthesis of compound 103-E
Compound 103-D (3.5 g, 12.68 mmol) was chiral separated to give the compound 103-E
((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) (0.9 g, ee:95.2%).
Separation Method:
Column: chiralpak IA, 5[m, 4.6*250 mm.
Mobile phose: Hex:IPA:DEA = 70:30:0.2
Folw Rate (F): 1.0 mL/min
Wave Length (W): 230 nm
Tempreature (T): ambient
Step 5. synthesis of compound 103 A mixture of compound 101-E (161 mg, 0.72 mmol) and 103-E (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) in
HOAc (5 mL) reacted at 110 °C for overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dryness under
reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC to afford compound 103
((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl) -7-fluoro-1,3- dioxoiso
indolin-4-yl)acetamide)) (160 mg, 46%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 69.74 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J= 9.6,4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=
9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31
(dd, J= 14.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 14.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s,
3H),2.18(s,3H),1.32(t,J=6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:[(M+18)]= 499.0.
Example 4 Synthesis of compound 104, 105, 106
Compounds 104, 105 and 106 were synthesized according to the synthesis method of
compound 103 in example 3, with using corresponding substrates. O-CD 3
F 0
/ N~ 0 NH * NH O o 104
(R)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.76 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J= 9.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J
9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.15-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.33 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: [(M+18)]* = 499.0. O-CD3 F O O - CD3 N O
0 105
(S)-N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.76 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.43 (m, 1H), 7.66 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H),
7.06 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.35 (m, 1H),
4.15-4.19(m,1H),3.03(s,3H),2.18(s,3H). LCMS:[(M+18)]= 488.0.
O-CD3
NH 0
O 106
(R)-N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J= 9.6,4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=
9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 1.6 Hz,1H), 6.93-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.79 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.37 (m, 1H),
4.15-4.20(m,1H),3.03(s,3H),2.17(s,3H). LCMS:[(M+18)]= 488.0.
Compounds 108 and 109 can be prepared according to the synthesis method of compound
103 in example 3. o-CD 3 F o O CD3 N ,,
NH 0
o 109
N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3
-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide OCD 3 F o O
N 108
N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 5. Synthesis of compound 107 O-CD 3
F 0 0 - C 2 D5 N 0 H' S'
NH 0 107
The compound 107 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-d-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide) was synthesized according to the method
of compound 103 in Example 3, except the following intermediate compound 107-H was used
instead of compound 103-B. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 69.76 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J= 9.2, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J= 9.0
Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.92 (m, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.3, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.14
(m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). LCMS: [(M+18)]f= 504.0.
Synthesis of intermediate compound 107-H:
HO H- conc.BH 2SO O B B O CDsCD C2DnO O
107-A 107-B 107-C10
CD 3 CD 3s C0 Pd/C HO » CD 3 0D 0 LAH (!) MnO2 O MeOH C2D 5'O O DIAD,PPha C2D' O THE C2DPsO C2D O OH E 0 107-E 107-F 107-G 107-H
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 107-B
To asolution of compound 107-A (CAS No.99-50-3) (50 g, 0.325 mol) in MeOH(300
mL) was added conc. H 2 SO 4 (50 mL) slowly. Then, the mixture was heated to reflux for
overight. The solvent was removed. The residue was diluted with water (500 mL), extracted
with EA (300 mL*2), washed with brine (300 mL*2), dried and concentrated to give the
product 107-B as white solid (54.5 g, 100%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO)69.77 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.35 - 7.29(i, 2H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 107-C
To asolution of compound 107-B (54.5 g, 0.32 mol) in MeCN (1.2 L)was added K2 C 3
(63g,0.455 mol). Then, the mixture was stirredat 30Cfor0.5hour.BnBr(78g,0.455mol)
inMeCN(0.3LL) was added sow m iu slowly. Tihe mixture was overnight. Thesolid
wasremoved. The solvent was removed. The residue was diluted with EA(Ethyl Acetate,50 mL) and PE (Petroleum Ether, 100 mL), stirred at 30 °C for 15 minute, filtered. The cake was purified by triturate with EA (50 mL) and PE (100 mL) for overnight to give the product 107-C as white solid (28.8 g, 35 %). 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.63 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.3 Hz,
1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 107-D
To a solution of compound 107-C (18 g, 69.8 mmol), CD 3CD 2 0D (4.4 g, 83.8 mmol) and
Ph3 P (23.8 g, 90.7 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 0 °C was added DIAD (Diisopropyl
azodicarboxylate, 18.34 g, 90.7 mmol) slowly. Then, the mixture was stirred at 30 °C for
overnight. The solvent was removed. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography
eluted with PE: EA=50:1 to give the product 107-D as white solid (16.7 g, 82%).
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 7.62-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.3 Hz,
1H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 107-E
To a solution of compound 107-D (16.7 g, 57.3 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was added
Pd/C (1.67 g, 10%). Then, the mixture was stirred at 30 °C for overnight under H 2 atmosphere
(50 psi). The mixture was filtered. The solvent was removed to give the product 107-E as white
solid (11.52 g, 100%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3) 67.62 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H),
6.94 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Step 5. Synthesis of compound 107-F
To a solution of compound 107-E (11.52 g, 57.3 mmol), CD 3 0D (2.5 g, 69.6 mmol) and
Ph3 P (19.8 g, 75.4 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 0 °C was added DIAD (15.3 g, 75.4 mmol)
slowly. Then, the mixture was stirred at 30 °C for overnight. The solvent was removed. The
residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE: EA=10:1 to give the product
107-F as white solid (12.5 g, 100%).
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 7.67 (dd, J= 8.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=
8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step 6. Synthesis of compound 107-G
To a solution of compound 107-F (12.5 g, 57.3 mmol) in THF (200 mL) at 0 °C was
added LAH (3.3 g, 86 mmol) slowly. Then, the mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 2 hour. Water
(4 mL) was added slowly to quench the reaction. Then NaOH aqueous solution (8 mL, 20%)
was added slowly, stirred for 0.5 hour. The mixture was filtered, concentrated to give the
residue which was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE: EA=2:1 to give the
product as colorless oil 107-G (10.6 g, 97%).
'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 6.91 - 6.81 (m, 3H), 4.59 (s, 2H).
Step 7. Synthesis of compound 107-H
To a solution of compound 107-G (10.6 g, 55.7 mmol) in EA (200 mL) was added MnO2
(48.5 g, 557 mmol). Then, the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. The mixture was
filtered, concentrated to dryness to give the residue which was purified by triturate with PE:
EA=5:1(18 mL) at 0 °C for 0.25 hour to give the product 107-H (7.08 g, 67%) as white solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 9.83 (s, 1H), 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H).
Compound 110 can be prepared according to the synthesis method of compound 107.
o-CD 3 F O O - \C2 D5 N O
"NH 110 0
N-(2-(1-(3-d5-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 6. Synthesis of compound 201
0 0- 0 N0 2 0 NH 2 0F N 00
OH H2 OH AC2Oa 201 OH HI a' F F( . OHPd/C F - OH NH 0 S N ,0 '
0 0 'YH 201 -A 20 01- AcOHyN 0 201 B 20 -C0 201
The compound 201-A (5-fluoro-3-nitrophthalic acid) was synthesized according to the
method of compound 301-E in Example 10, except the corresponding starting material methyl
5-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoate was used instead of compound 301-A. Methyl
5-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoate was synthesized according to the method of the starting
material 301-A, except compound 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid (CAS number 33184-16-6)
was used instead of 301-Al (4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid).
Step. Synthesis of compound 201-B
To a solution of 201-A (900 mg) in MeOH (15 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (180 mg, 50%
wet.) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred under H 2 (50 psi) atmosphere for
overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 201-B
(3-amino-5-fluorophthalic acid, 774 mg) as a yellow solid. H NMR (DMSO-d, 400 MHz): 6 6.58-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.41-6.44 (m, 1H). Step 2. Synthesis of compound 201-C A solution of 201-B (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in Ac20 (4 mL) was stirred at 25 °C overnight.
The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give compound
201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide, 70 mg, yield: 63%)
as a yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6) 6 9.87-9.92 (m, 1H), 8.27-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.74 (m,
1H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 201 A solution of compound 201-C (70 mg, 0.3 mmol) and compound
1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine (CAS number 253168-94-4, 86
mg, 0.3 mmol) in AcOH (6 mL) was stirred overnight at 70 °C. The reaction mixture was
evaporated to dryness, then purified by prep-HPLC (NH 4HCO 3 /Acetonitrile system), then
freeze-dried to afford compound 201 (N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3 -dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 42 mg, yield: 30%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J= 12.0,1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd,
J= 6.9,1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.98 (m, 2H), 5.73-5.77 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.34
(m, 1H), 4.10-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.96-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t,
J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). MS: 477 ([M-1]').
Example 7. Synthesis of compound 202
0 F) OH
0 0 Na 2 CO3 N02 O O Ac' OHN N 201-A 3F H2N 0 H 2N O HATU NH 0 Hr S\H' s\ DIEA/DMF F H0
102-A 102-B O_ 202-C 0 0 0 0 0 F Pd/C F - \ pyridine N
H 2,50psi N 0O AC2 0 11O
NH 0 NH 2 OH S\ 202-D 0 202
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 102-B To a solution of 102-A ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine (S)-2-acetamido-4-methylpentanoate, 800 mg, 1.79 mmol) in H2 0 (10 mL) was
added saturated aqueous solution of Na2CO3 to pH = 10, then the mixture was extracted with
EtOAc (30 mL*2). The combined EtOAc solution was dried, filtered and concentrated to give
compound 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine, 460 mg,
yield: 94%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.02 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 2H), 4.27 (dd, J= 9.3, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 3.99-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.45 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 2H), 1.27-1.35
(m, 3H). Step 2. Synthesis of compound 202-C To a solution of 102-B in DMF (15 mL) was added compound 201-A (3-nitro-5-fluorine
phthalic acid, 386 mg, 1.68 mmol) and HATU (1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]
-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate, 1.4 g, 3.7 mmol) and DIEA
(N,N-Diisopropylethylamine, 760 mg, 5.88 mmol), then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for
overnight. To the reaction mixture was added H2 0 (10 mL) and then stirred for 15 minutes,
extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The EtOAc solution was washed with brine (20 mL*2), then
dried, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product. The residue was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel with PE:EtOAc(3:1-1:1) to give 202-C
((S)-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-4-nitroisoindoline
-1,3-dione, 330 mg, yield: 42%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 8.36 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J= 10.8, 2.2
Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.79
(dd, J= 9.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.31 (m, 2H), 3.99-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 1.32
(t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H). Step 3. Synthesis of compound 202-D To a mixture of 202-C (330 mg, 0.704 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added Pd/C (10%,
50% H 20, 40 mg), and then stirred under H2 (50 psi) atmosphere for 4 hours at 25 °C. The
mixture was filtered and concentrated to give 202-D ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4
methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione,289mg, yield: 94%)
as yellow solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.06 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 0.4 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (dd, J= 7.2,
2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.73 (m, 3H), 5.71 (dd, J= 10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 14.4, 10.4 Hz,
1H), 3.99-4.10 (m, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). Step 4. Synthesis of compound 202 To a solution of 202-D (289 mg, 0.66 mmol) in pyridine (30 mL) was added AC 2 0 (5 mL),
the mixture was heated to 70 °C and stirred for overnight. The mixture was concentrated. Then
CH3 CN (10 mL*2) was added and the mixture was concentrated for two more times to give the
residue, which was purified with column chromatography on silica gel eluted with (PE:EtOAc
= 1:1) to give the crude product (200 mg), which was further purified by prep-HPLC to afford
product 202 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 84 mg, yield: 26%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J
= 6.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H),
4.32 (dd, J= 14.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J= 14.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.74
(s,3H),3.01(s,3H),2.22(s,3H),1.32(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:496.0([M+18]*).
Example 8. Synthesis of compound 203
0 OCD 3 OCD3
OH + - O HATU/DIEA F OH H2N O DMF | N 0 0 N0 2 0 H NO 2 201-A 103-E 203-C OCD3 OCD3 0 F0 O \_ AC 20 F - H 2, Pd/C F -
EtOAc N 0 OH 3 COOH 4 IIO
NH 2 0 203-D 0 203
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 203-C To a mixture of 103-E ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) (680 mg, 2.46 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added 201-A (3-nitro-5-fluorine
phthalic acid, 564 mg, 2.46 mmol), HATU (2.06 g, 5.41 mmol) and DIEA (1.1 g, 9.61 mmol) at
25 °C, then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. The reaction mixture was added H 2 0
(15 mL) and stirred for 15 minute, then extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic phase
was washed with brine (50 mL*3), dried, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product.
The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with PE:
EtOAc(3:1-1:1) to give 203-C ((S)-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-6-fluoro-4-nitroisoindoline-1,3-dione, 605 mg, yield: 52%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.34-8.38 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H),
6.92-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.76-5.79 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.27 (m, 2H), 3.98-4.04 (m, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H),
1.29-1.34 (m, 3H). Step 2. Synthesis of compound 203-D To a mixture of 203-C (605 mg, 1.29 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added Pd/C(10%,
50% H 20, 60 mg), reacted for 4 hours at 25 °C under H 2 atmosphere (50 psi). The mixture was
filtered and concentrated to give 203-D ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione, 518 mg, yield: 91%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.78-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.74 (m, 4H),
5.71 (dd, J= 10.48, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.33 (m 1H), 3.98-4.10 (m, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=
6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 203
To a solution of 203-D (247 mg, 0.56 mmol) in CH3 COOH (6 mL) was added Ac20 (3
mL). The mixture was heated to 85 °C and reacted for 5 hours, then concentrated and purified
by prep-HPLC to afford a product. hexane (5 mL) was added to the product and the mixture
was stirred for 2 hours, then filtered to afford compound 203 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3
methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide , 123
mg, yield:46%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J
= 6.8,2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.4,4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.32 (dd, J= 14.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J= 14.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.02
(s,3H),2.22(s,3H),1.32(t,J= 6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:499.0([M+18]*).
Example 9. Synthesis of compounds 204, 205, 206 and 207
Compounds 204, 205, 206 and 207 were synthesized according to the synthesis method of
compound 203 in Example 8, with corresponding substrates to replace compound 103-E.
O-CD 3
0 0 F N O H '-O NH 0
O 204
(R)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6
fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J
= 6.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.14-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: 499.0 ([M+18]')
O-CD 3
0 0 F N CD 3 N 0o
NH 0
o 205
(S)-N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.80 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J
= 7.2,2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.78 (dd,J= 10.8,4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.33 (dd, J= 14.8, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.16 ((dd, J= 10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H).
LCMS: 488.0 ([M+18]')
O-CD 3
0 O0 F - 'CD 3 N O H '-SO NH O
o 206
(R)-N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.0,2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J
= 6.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 2.0, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.30-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). LCMS: 488.0 ([M+18]') O-CD 3
o o F - 'C2 D5 N H2 H 0 O
0 207
(S)-N-(2-(1-(3-d 5-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J
= 6.8,2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d,J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.99 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd,J= 10.4,4.4 Hz, 1H),
4.14-4.35 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H). LCMS: 504.0 ([M+18]')
Compounds 208, 209 and 210 can be synthesized according to the synthesis method of
compound 203 in Example 8, with corresponding substrates to replace compound 103-E.
O-CD 3
o O F N O C 2D5
N 0
YNH 0
0 208
N-(2-(1-(3-d5-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
O-CD 3
oo F -
0 209
N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide O-CD3
F N N 0
YNH 0
o 210
N-(2-(1-(3,4-d6-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin
-4-yl)acetamide
Example 10. Synthesis of compound 301
0 000 FO' NaOH F OH NaOH, H 2 0 OH Pd/C OH F F" Fn0 OH F 0OH NO 2 NO 2 N0 2 0 NH 2 0 301-A 301-C 301-E 301-G
0 0 - 0 O H 2N O O O __ I NAc 20 N 0 AcOH, Et3N, MeCN F N S\ 70 °C NH O 301-H 0 301
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 301-C A solution of compound 301-A (methyl 4-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoate, 3.0 g, 14.1
mmol), NaOH (1.6 g, 42.3 mmol) in H20/MeOH (30 mL/30 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for
overnight. Then the mixture was adjusted pH = 5, extracted by EtOAc (100 mL x 3), washed
by brine (100 mL x 2), dried, filtered and concentrated to give compound 301-C
(4-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoic acid, 2.8 g, yield: 100%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 68.06-8.11 (m, 1H), 8.18 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s,
3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 301-E To a solution of 301-C (2.8 g, 14.1 mmol), NaOH (1.6 g, 42 mmol) in H 2 0 (30 mL) was
added KMnO4 (17.7 g, 112 mmol) portion-wise during 3 hours at 85 °C and then the mixture
was stirred for 3 hours at 85 °C. Then the mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with
H2 0 (50 mL x 3). The filtrate was adjusted pH = 1, extracted by EtOAc (100 mL x 3), washed
by brine (100 mL x 2), dried, filtered and concentrated to give 301-E (4-fluoro-3-nitrophthalic
acid, 900 mg, yield: 28%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 8.12-8.17 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.81 (m, 1H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 301-G To a solution of 301-E (900 mg, 3.9 mmol) in MeOH (30 ml) was added Pd/C (180 mg,
10%, 50% water). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight under H 2 (50 psi) atmosphere.
After completed, the mixture was filtered through a Celite pad, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 301-G (3-amino-4-fluorophthalic acid, 700 mg, crude) as a yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.13-7.20 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.80 (m, 1H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 301-H A solution of 301-G (300 mg, 1.5 mmol),
1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine (356 mg, 1.5 mmol), AcOH
(660 mg, 15 mmol), Et 3 N (758 mg, 7.5 mmol) in CH3 CN (20 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for
overnight under N 2 atmosphere. Then the solvent was removed, the residue was purified by
chromatography column on silica gel ( PE/EtOAc=2/1) to afford compound 301-H
(4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-fluoroisoindoline-1,3
dione, 150 mg, yield: 23 %) as a yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 6 7.37-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.03 (m, 1H),
6.94 (s, 2H), 6.55 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.75 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.13 (m, 1H),
3.97-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 1.33 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 5. Synthesis of compound 301 A solution of 301-H (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in Ac20 (6 mL) was stirred at 70 °C for
overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by prep-HPLC
(NH 4HCO3/Acetonitrile system) then freeze-dried to give compound 301 (N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy
4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 37
mg, yield: 34%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.16 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H),
6.91-6.94 (m, 2H), 5.72-5.77 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.97-4.05 (m, 2H),
3.73(s,3H),2.99(s,3H),2.09(s,3H),1.32(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). MS:477([M-1]').
Synthesis of starting material 301-A
F NO 2 NO 2 F F 'NF
0 0 0 301-Al 301-A2 301-A
Compound 301-Al (4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid, CAS number 321-21-1, 100 g, 649 mmol) was added to 660 mL of fuming HNO 3 , dropwise to keep the temperature below 10 C.
The mixture was stirred for 1-2 hours. The mixture was poured into ice-water (2.4L) and
stirred for 30 minutes. The result solid was filtered and washed with cold water and then
dissolved in 1.5 L of EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was washed with water and brine, dried over
Na2SO4, and then filtered. The Na2SO4 solid was washed with EtOAc (200mL*3). The
combined EtOAc phase was concentrated to give crude product 301-A2 which was directly
used in next step without purification.
To a solution of 301-A2 (110 g, 502 mmol) in 1.5 L of methanol was added 20 mL of conc.
H2 SO 4 . The mixture was heated to reflux for overnight. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, then concentrated to about 100 mL and then diluted with 500 mL of cold water.
The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (500 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed
with sat.NaHCO3, water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and washed with EtOAc, the
EtOAc phase was concentrated to dry to give crude product. The crude was recrystallized from
PE/EtOAc (10:1, 400 mL) to removed most major by-products, the residue was purified by
column chromatography on slica gel (PE/ EtOAc: 100:1) to give product 301-A (methyl
4-fluoro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoate, 20 g, two steps yield: 19%).
H NMR (DMSO-d, 300 MHz): 8.08 (dd, J= 5.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H),
, 3.85 (s, 3H), 6 2.45 (s, 3H)
Example 11. Synthesis of compound 302 - 0- - 0 OH + O_ HATU/DIEA O O Pd/C,EtOAc 0 Os_ CH 3COOH E F N2OH H 2NE0 DMF F' N F O F 4' 00 NPH FN0 2 0H " H2 YNH 301-E 102-B 302-C 302-D 0 302
Step 1. Synthese of compound 302-C
To a mixture of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine,
954 mg, 3.49 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added 301-E (3-nitro-4-fluorine phthalic acid, 800
mg, 3.49 mmol), HATU (CAS No. 148893-10-1, 2.08 g, 5.478 mmol) and DIEA (CAS No.
7087-68-5, 1.58 g, 12.2 mmol) at 5 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight.
To the reaction mixture was added H2 0 (20 mL), stirred for 15 minutes, extracted with EtOAc
(100 mL). The EtOAc solution was washed with brine (50 mL*3), dried, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with PE:EtOAc (from 2:1 to 1:1) to give 302-C
((S)-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-fluoro-4-nitroisoindoline-1,
3-dione, 396 mg, yield: 25%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 8.24 (dd, J= 8.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J= 10.0, 8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.78
(dd, J= 9.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.32
(t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2. Synthese of compound 302-D
To a mixture of 302-C (396 mg, 0.85 mmol) in EtOAc (15 mL) was added Pd/C (50 mg,
10%, 50% H 2 0), the reaction mixture was stirred under H 2(50 Psi) atmosphere for 4 hours at
25°C. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give 302-D ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4
methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione, 327 mg, yield: 88%)
as yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): 6 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H), 6.93-7.06 (m, 4H), 6.52 (s, 2H),
5.70-5.73 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.99-4.04 (m, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.34
(m, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 302
To a solution of 302-D (132 mg, 0.302 mmol) in HOAc (4 mL) was added AC 2 0 (2 mL),
the mixture was heated to 85 °C and reacted at 85 °C for 5 hours. This mixture was
concentrated and diluted with EtOAc (30ml). The EtOAc solution was washed with sat
aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL), dried over Na2SO4, then concentrated to give crude product which
was purified by prep-HPLC to afford compound 302 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 31 mg, yield: 21%) as
white solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.13 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.0, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd,
J= 10.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 2.0 Hz,1H), 6.92-6.95 (m, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.8 Hz,
1H), 4.11-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.01 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.32
(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:476.9([M-1]-).
Example 12. Synthesis of compound 401 1 10 10 10 10 LDAl NaCIO OHTMSCH2N2 O Kn FHC 2 Et NF KC0 N n(OMe) 2
401-A 401-B 401-C 401-D 401-E
0
1 0 1 0 0O H00 TFA AC20 0 Co U0 KOH 0 1)Ac2 0 N_ I
0 ,HPd~l2PPh 3) O OH 0)2- N N O0 N NH 2 Q O N NH N NH 2 __ 0 _I- NN22 401-1 0- 0N 01
) 2 401-F 401-G 401-H H2N O O 401
Step 1. synthesis of compound 401-A
Preparation of LDA (lithium diisopropylamide)solution:
To a solution of diisopropylamine (35 mL, 0.25 mol) in 100 mL of dry THF was added
n-BuLi (2.5 N, 96 mL, 0.24 mol) dropwise at -30 °C under N 2 atmosphere, the temperature was
kept below -30 °C. The reaction solution was stirred at -30 °C for 15 minutes and then at 0 °C
for 30 minutes. A solution of 2-fluoropyridine (CAS No. 372-48-5, 19.42 g, 0.2 mol) in 100 mL of dry
THF was cooled to -70 °C under N 2 atmosphere. The above LDA solution was added dropwise
to the solution while the temperature was kept below -70 °C. Then the solution was stirred at
-70 °C for Ihour. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of 12 (61 g, 0.24 mol) in 50 mL
of dry THF dropwise and then the reaction was stirred at -75 °C for 1 hour. The reaction was
quenched with sat. NH 4 Cl and stirred at 25 °C for 30 minutes. THF was removed by
evaporation. The residue was extracted with EtOAc (500 mL*2). The combined EtOAc
solution was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Filtered and concentrated to dry
to give crude product 401-A (2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine, 30 g, yield: 67%).
H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.37-8.43 (m, 1H), 8.21-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.18 (m,
1H).
Step 2. synthesis of compound 401-B
Preparation of LDA solution:
To a solution of diisopropylamine (17 mL, 96.9 mmoL) in 300 mL of dry THF was added n-BuLi (46.5 mL, 116 mmol) dropwise at -30 °C under N 2 atmosphere, the temperature was kept below -30 °C. The solution was stirred at -30 °C for 15 minute and then at 0°C for 30 minute. A solution of 401-A (21.6 g, 96.9 mmol) in 100 mL of dry THF was cooled to -70 °C. The above LDA solution was added dropwise to the solution while the temperature was kept below
-70 °C. Then the solution was stirred at -70 °C for 1 hour. Ethyl formate (10 mL, 121 mmol)
was added dropwise to the solution and slowly warmed to -50 °C during 1 hour. The reaction
mixture was quenched with sat. NH 4 Cl and stirred at 25 °C for 30 minute. THF was removed
by evaporation and the reaction solution was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL*2). The combined
organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Na2SO4 was filtered and
the organic phase was concentrated to dry and the residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc: 50:1 to 10:1) to give the product 401-B
(2-fluoro-4-iodonicotinaldehyde, 13.0 g, yield: 53%).
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 10.15 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J= 5.1
Hz, 1H).
Step 3. synthesis of compound 401-C To a solution of 401-B (13.3 g, 53 mmol) in 466 mL of t-BuOH and 133 mL of water
cooled with ice-eater was added 2-Methyl-2-butene (13.3 g, 53 mmol), Na2HPO 4 (70 g, 583
mmol), followed by NaClO2 (24g, 265 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at
25 °C for 1.5 hours, then diluted with 800 mL of DCM and acidified with 6 N/HCl to pH = 2.
The organic phase was separated and the water phase was extracted with DCM/MeOH (20:1,
1000 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4. Filtered
and concentrated to dry. The residue was crystallized from DCM/PE(1:1) to give product
401-C (2-fluoro-4-iodonicotinic acid, 11.5g, yield: 81%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 14.26 (br s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=
3.9, 0.6 Hz, 1H).
Step 4. synthesis of 401-D To a solution of 401-C (10.3 g, 38.6 mmol) in 40 mL of MeOH and Et 2 0 (40 mL) cooled with ice-water, TMSCH 2N 2 (29 mL, 57.9 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. Then ice water was added to quench the reaction. The solvent was removed by evaporation and Sat. NaHCO3 was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dry to give product 401-D
(methyl 2-fluoro-4-iodonicotinate, 9.6 g, yield: 88%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.06 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.93
(s, 3H).
Step 5. synthesis of compound 401-E To a solution of 401-D (9.6 g, 34.1 mmol) and 2,4-dimethoxybenzylamine (7.41 g, 44.3
mmol) in 50 mL of DMSO was added K2 CO3 (11.8 g, 68.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at
25 °C for 5 hours, then diluted with 500 mL of EtOAc. The mixture was washed with water
and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dry and the residue was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc: 50:1 to 10:1) to give the product 401-E
(methyl 2-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-4-iodonicotinate, 10.66 g, yield: 73%).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 67.69 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H),
7.00-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.55 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J= 6.0 Hz,
2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H).
Step 6. synthesis of compound 401-F
To a solution of 401-E (10.66 g, 24.9 mmol) in 80 mL of DCM cooled with ice-water was
added 30 mL of TFA. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours, concentrated to dry. The
mixture was basified with sat. NaHCO3. The solid was filtered and washed with ice-water and
dried to give the product 401-F (methyl 2-amino-4-iodonicotinate, 5.54 g, yield: 80%). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 7.65 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43
(s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H).
Step 7. synthesis of compound 401-G A solution of 401-F (5.54 g, 0.02 mmol) in 100 mL of HOAc and 50 mL of Ac20 was
stirred at 80 °C for overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dry and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc: 1:1 to 1:2) to give product 401-G (methyl
2-acetamido-4-iodonicotinate, 2.7 g, 42%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 10.56 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 5.4
Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).
Step 8. synthesis of compound 401-H To a solution of 401-G (3.2 g, 10 mmol) in 50 mL of MeOH was added DIEA (3.3 mL, 20
mmol) and PdCl2(PPh3) 2 (702 mg, 1 mmol). The mixture was stirred under 50Mpa CO
atmosphere at 100 °C for overnight. Cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc: 5:1-2:1) to give product 401-H (dimethyl
2-aminopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylate, 1.8 g, yield:86%).
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.24 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 6.67 (d, J= 4.8
Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H).
Step 9. synthesis of compound 401-I A solution of 401-H (400 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 20 mL of 20% KOH solution and 20 mL of
THF was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. Extracted with TMBE (50 mL), the organic phase was
separated and water phase was acidified with 2N HCl to pH = 2. The resulted solid was filtered
and washed with ice-water and dried to give product 401- (2-aminopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylic
acid, 285 mg, yield: 82%)
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.15 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H),
Step 10. synthesis of compound 401 A solution of 401-I (500 mg, 2.75 mmol) in 20 mL of Ac20 was heated to reflux for 3
hours. Then the mixture cooled to room temperature and concentrated to dry, the residue was
dissolved in 20 mL of HOAc, followed by addition of 1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine (750 mg, 2.75 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for
overnight and then cooled to 25 °C and added 20 mL of Ac20 and stirred at 85°C for another 5
hours. The mixture was cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and purified by prep-HPLC to
give product 401 (N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxo
-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-4-yl)acetamide, 735 mg, yield: 58%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 610.51 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H),
7.09 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.73-5.78 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.17 (m, 1H),
3.98-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LCMS:[(M+1)]* = 461.9.
Example 13. Synthesis of compound 601
OH OH Br Br Br (MeO) 2BnNH 2 3 H Br2 NCH OH BnBr/CH 3CN OBn Pd(PPh 3)4 OBn Pd2(dba)3 OH CH30 OH2SO4 - -N' 0d(b) 0 Br N Os K2CO3Br N- O HCOONa N- s Xantphos 601-A 601-B 601-C 0 0 DMF 0 601-D 601-E Cs2 CO3
(MeO)2Bn.NH NH 2 0' NH O NH OiNH SOBn TFA ? OBn ACr sOBn H2 r OH PhN(Tf)2 OTf
NN - O N- O Pd/C N- O TEA N o o 0 0 0 601-F 601-G 601-H 601-1 601-J 0
>kNHO NHP O~t NH O H 2N 0 N o I~ ~ ~ - 0~ OH Ac 20 _____ jN. dppp, N O KNA ON AcOH ONH O Pd(OAc) 2 0 0 601 601-K 601-L 601-M
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 601-B To a solution of 601-A (3-hydroxypicolinic acid, CAS No. 874-24-8, 60 g, 430 mmol) in
MeOH (600 mL) was added conc. H2 SO4 (60 mL) slowly. Then, the mixture was heated to 80
°C for overnight. Adjusted the pH = 7 with solid Na2CO3, the mixture was filtered and the cake
was washed with EtOAc (500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give 601-B (methyl
3-hydroxypicolinate, 40 g, yield: 61%) as a white solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 2H),
4.05 (s, 3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 601-C To a solution of compound 601-B (30 g, 196 mmol) in H 20 (1500 mL) was added Br2 (94
g, 590 mmol) slowly. The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for overnight. Then the mixture was
extracted with DCM (500 mL*2), washed with brine (500 mL), dried, filtered and concentrated
to afford 601-C (methyl 4,6-dibromo-3-hydroxypicolinate, 49 g, yield: 81%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 11.35 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 601-D A solution of compound 601-C (49 g, 157 mmol), BnBr (80.5 g, 472 mmol) and K2 C0 3
(98 g, 710 mmol) in CH 3 CN (1 L) was heated to reflux for overnight. The mixture was cooled
to 25 °C. The solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated to give the residue
which was purified by triturated with PE: EtOAc = 10:1 (100 mL) at 30 °C for 1 hour to give
601-D (methyl 3-(benzyloxy)-4,6-dibromopicolinate, 43 g, yield: 68%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3): 6 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.54 (m, 5H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H).
Step 4. Synthesis of 601-E To a solution of 601-D (43 g, 107 mmol), HCOONa (8.7 g, 128 mmol) in DMF (1 L) was
added Pd (PPh 3 )4 (6.2 g, 5.35 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for overnight. H 2 0 (5 L)
was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (1L*2). The combined EtOAc solution
was washed with brine(1L*2), dried and concentrated to give the crude product which was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE: EtOAc =10:1 to give the
product 601-E (methyl 3-(benzyloxy)-4-bromopicolinate, 14.8 g, 43%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 8.27 (dd, J= 4.8, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J= 4.8, 0.6 Hz,
1H), 7.55 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.45 (m, 3H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H).
Step 5. synthesis of compound 601-F To a solution of 601-E (14.7 g, 45.63 mmol), 2,4-Dimethoxy-benzylamine (9.92 g, 59.32
mmol), xantphos (1.58 g, 2.74 mmol), Cs2CO3 (22.3 g, 68.5 mmol) in toluene (350 mL) was
added Pd2 (dba) 3 (0.84 g, 0.913 mmol) under N 2 atomosphere. Then, the mixture was heated to
100 °C for 2 days. The reaction solution was concentrated to get the crude product which was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (1:1) to give the
product 601-F (ethyl 3-(benzyloxy)-4-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amino)picolinate, 8.4 g, 58%) as
orange oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 68.12 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.00 (d, J
8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.45 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H),
4.40-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.24 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 6. synthesis of compound 601-G
To a solution of 601-F (7.33 g, 17.4 mmol) in DCM (dichloromethane, 60 mL) and TFA
(trifluoroacetic acid, 30 mL) was stirred at 30 °C for 4 hours. H2 0 (50 mL) was added,
extracted with DCM (50 mL*2). The combined DCM solution was dried and concentrated to
get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with
PE:EtOAc (1:1) to give the product 601-G (ethyl 4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)picolinate, 4.0 g, 85%)
as brown oil. H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 68.08 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 5H), 6.71 (d, J
5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.48 (m, 4H), 1.41 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 7. synthesis of compound 601-H A solution of 601-G (4.0 g, 15.5 mmol) in Ac20 (40 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for
overnight. The mixture was concentrated to get the crude product, which was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (1:1) to give the product 601-H
(ethyl 4-acetamido-3-(benzyloxy)picolinate, 3.17 g, 69%) as yellow oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6.38-8.438 (m, 2H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 5H), 5.10 (s, 2H),
4.51 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.47 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 8. synthesis of compound 601-I To a mixture of compound 601-H (3.17 g, 10.01 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) and EtOAc (30
mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 50% H 2 0, 0.32 g). Then, the mixture was stirred at 30 °C under H 2
(50 psi) atmosphere for overnight. The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated to
afford the crude product 601-I (ethyl 4-acetamido-3-hydroxypicolinate, 1.67 g, 74%) as a
brown solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 610.99 (br s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H),
8.07 (s, 1H), 4.40 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.35 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 9. synthesis of compound 601-J To a mixture of compound 601- I (1.53 g, 6.8 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added Et3 N
(1.44 g, 14.28 mmol) and N,N-Bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)aniline (3.83 g, 10.7 mmol), the
mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours. Water (500 mL) was added and the mixture was
extracted with EtOAc (200 mL*2). The combined EtOAc solution was washed with brine
(200 mL*2), dried and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (2:1) to give the product 601-J (ethyl
4-acetamido-3-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)picolinate, 2.0 g, 83%) as colorless oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 68.56-8.61 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 4.49 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H),
2.29 (s, 3H), 1.44 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 10. synthesis of compound 601-K A mixture of compound 601-J (1.85 g, 5.2 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (233 mg, 1.04 mmol), DPPP
(1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino) propane, 429 mg, 1.04 mmol) and Et 3N (1.16 g, 11.5 mmol) in
DMSO (1.84 mL) and EtOH (50 mL) was heated to 70 °C for overnight. The mixture was
filtered, the filtrate was concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (1:1) to give the product 601-K (diethyl
4-acetamidopyridine-2,3-dicarboxylate, 1.0 g, 69%) as colorless oil.
'H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 6 10.50 (s, 1H), 8.56-8.66 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.46 (m, 4H), 2.26
(s, 3H), 1.35-1.44 (m, 6H).
Step 11. synthesis of compound 601-L
A mixture of 601-K (1.0 g, 3.6 mmol) in KOH (20%, 50 mL, aq) and THF (50 mL) was
stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue was diluted with MeOH
(100 mL), stirred at 50 °C for 1 hour, filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to get the product
601-L (4-aminopyridine-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 0.9 g, crude) as white soild.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 68.52-9.26 (m, 2H), 8.11 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=
6.8 Hz, 1H).
Step 12. synthesis of compound 601-M A mixture of compound 601-L (0.9 g) in Ac20 (30 mL) was heated to 80 °C for overnight.
Then the solvent was removed to get the product 601-M (N-(5,7-dioxo-5,7-dihydrofuro[3,4-b]
pyridin-4-yl)acetamide, 0.6 g) as brown oil.
Step 13. synthesis of compound 601 A mixture of compound 601-M (0.6 g) and [1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine] (0.8 g, 2.9 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) was heated to 120 °C for 3
hours. The solvent was removed to get the crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC to give the target product 601 (N-(6-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-5,7-dioxo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)acetamide, 71 mg, yield for 3 steps 4%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.80 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J= 6.0
Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.82
(dd, J= 10.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.03 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s,
3H),2.26(s,3H),1.32(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS[(M+1)]= 462.0.
Example 14. Synthesis of compound 701
0 n-BuLi , O '0 ,0 0 1, NaBH4 O ON CN -- 'O N C N ON 1 0 NH2 0 O OH0 701-A 701-B 701-C 701-D
0
MsCI/Et 3 N ACH 3 COOH / \ MC 0 N'/EO N N -_ 2~0 ,NH I?c 0 0NH 701 -E 701 -F ,N ' 701 0
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 701-B
To a solution of DMSO (3.79 g, 40.3 mmol) in 150 mL of dry THF cooled to 0 °C with
ice-water was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.5 M, 16.1 mL, 40.3 mmol) slowly under N 2
atmosphere. Then the reaction mixture was stirred in ice-water bath for 2 hours. A solution of
701-A (6-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolinonitrile, 2.87 g, 16.1 mmol) in 30 mL of dry THF was added
dropwise to the solution. Then the mixture was stirred at 0 °C in ice-water bath for 2 hours. The
mixture was quenched with ice-water and THF was removed by evaporation. The mixture was
extracted with EtOAc (500 mL*3). The combined organic phase was washed with water and
brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry and crystallized from PE/EtOAc (2:1) to give
product 701-B (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethenamine, 3.5 g,
yield: 80%). H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d): 6 7.52 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80
(s, 2H), 5.55 (s, 1H), 4.40 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t, J= 6.9 Hz,
3H).
Step 2: synthesis of compound 701-C To a solution of 701-B (4.2 g, 15.4 mmol) in 100 mL THF cooled with ice-water was
added 2N HCl (50 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. THF was evaporated
and the mixture was basified with sat. NaHCO3, then extracted with EtOAc (200 mL*3). The
combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to dry to
give product 701-C (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethenone, 4.0 g, yield: 95%)
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 7.73 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 8.1Hz, 1H), 5.07
(s, 2H), 4.45 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. synthesis of 701-D To a solution of 701-C (4.0 g, 14.6 mmol) in 100 mL of MeOH cooled with ice-water was
added NaBH 4 (1.11g, 29.3 mmol) portion wise and stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. Then the
mixture was quenched with 2 N HCl (20 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes, concentrated to dry
and basified with sat. NaHCO3, then extracted with DCM/MeOH (20:1, 400 mL*2). The
combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry to give
crude product 701-D (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanol, 4.0 g,
yield:100%) which was directely used in the next step.
Step 4. synthesis of compound 701-E To a solution of 701-D (4.0 g, 14.53 mmol) in 100 mL of DCM cooled with ice-water was
added Et3 N (4.0 mL, 29.0 mmol), followed by MsCl (1.7 mL, 21.8 mmol) dropwise. The
mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight and then quenched with ice-water and stirred for 30
minutes, then extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with water and
brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to dry and crystallized from PE/EtOAc (1:1) to give
product 701-E (2-ethoxy-3-methoxy-6-(2-(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)pyridine, 1.8 g, yield: 48%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 67.37 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (s, 2H), 4.40 (q, J= 6.9
Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 1.35 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 5. synthesis of compound 701-F
A solution of B(OH) 3 (70 mg, 0.81 mmol) in 5 mL of water was heated to 50 °C and
stirred for 15 minutes. 701-E (140 mg, 0.54 mmol) was added and stirred for 30 minute and
then 20 mL of NH 3 .H2 0 was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C in a sealed tube for 3
days. Then the mixture was cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and basified with sat.
NaHCO3, and stirred for 30 minutes, then extracted with DCM/MeOH (50 mL * 3), the
combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry to give
crude product 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 110
mg). H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 67.24 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H),
4.31-4.39 (m, 2H), 4.21-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s,
2H), 1.32 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 6. synthesis of compound 701 To a solution of 701-F (110 mg, 0.4 mmol) in 20 mL of HOAc was added
(N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide, CAS number 6296-53-3, 82 mg, 0.4
mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for overnight, then cooled to 25 °C and concentrated
to dry and purified by prep-HPLC to give product 701 (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 123 mg, yield for 2 steps:
49%).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 69.71 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.84 (m,
1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J=
10.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.22 (m, .3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s,
3H),1.17(dd,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[(M+1)]= 462.0. Synthesis of starting material 701-A:
N Br 12 , 1 N Br CH 31 I N Br NaOEt
OH K2 CO 3;DMF O EtOH OH K2CO 3;H 20 701-Al 701-A2 701-A3
I NO NC N O CuCN O DMF 0
701-A4 701-A
Synthesis of compound 701-A2:
To a solution of 701-Al (2-bromo-pyridin-3-ol, CAS number 6602-32-0, 60 g, 0.35 mol)
in H2 0 (600 mL) was added K 2 C03 (96.7 g, 0.7 mol), 12 (90.7 g, 0.357 mol). The reaction
mixture was stirred at 15 °C for overnight. The mixture was adjusted the pH to 5 with 3N HCl.
The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (200 mL*3), dried to give
701-A2 (2-bromo-6-iodopyridin-3-ol, 101 g, yield: 97%) as a yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 611.11 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.1
Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of compound 701-A3
A solution of 701-A2 (2-bromo-6-iodopyridin-3-ol, 101 g, 0.337 mol) in 200 mL of DMF
was added K 2 CO3 (70 g, 0.506 mol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. CH 3I (57.4 g,
0.404 mol) was added, then the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture
was poured into 2 L of H2 0, stirred for hour, filtered, washed with water (500 mL*2),
collected the solid which was slurried with PE:EtOAc = 2:1 (300 mL) at 15 °C for 1 hour to
give product 701-A3 (2-bromo-6-iodo-3-methoxypyridine, 74 g, yileld: 70%) as brown solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.79 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound 701-A4:
A solution of EtOH (1.5 L) was added 27.6 g of Na then the mixture was stirred at 15 °C
until the solid was disappeared. Compound 701-A3 (2-bromo-6-iodo-3-methoxypyridine, 37.7
g, 0.12 mol) was added and the mixture was heated to 100 °C for overnight. The solvent was
removed. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (IL) and the solution was washed with water
(1L*2), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry to give product 701-A4 (2-ethoxy-6-iodo-3 methoxypyridine, 31.6 g, yileld: 94%) as brown solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 67.32 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (q, J
7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 1.31 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound 701-A
To a solution of 701-A4 [2-ethoxy-6-iodo-3-methoxypyridine] (31.6 g, 0.113 mol) in 300
mL of DMF was added CuCN (12.2 g, 0.136 mol). The mixture was heated to 150 °C for 2
hours and then diluted with water (1 L) and extracted with EtOAc (500 mL*2). The organic
phase was washed with brine (500 mL*3), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dryness to give
701-A (6-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolinonitrile, 20 g, yield: 99%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.63 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J= 7.8 Hz,1H), 4.31
(q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 15. synthesis of compound 801
N OH N OH PoCl3 N CI MeONa N O Br2, NaOc N O U-OH tBuONa OO AcOH Br U O' 801-A EtOH 801-B 801-C 801-D 801-E
N0 10 n-BuLi O:S:O I NO N - 0o ' O THF KHH DMF Ho)LL 0 -,,KOH, H"" 3B03 -: - O NH O N O 801-F 801-G NH 2 g%ONH 0
801-H 0 801
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 801-B To a solution of compound 801-A (pyridine-2,3-diol, CAS number 16867-04-2, 24 g, 216
mmol) and NaOBu' (20.75 g, 216 mmol) in EtOH (200 mL) was added lodo-ethane (37 g,
237.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 °C for overnight. The solvent was removed by
evaperation. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with
DCM:MeOH (50:1) to give the product 801-B (3-ethoxypyridin-2-ol, 12.2 g, 40%) as brown
solid. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 11.52 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.77 (d, J= 7.2 Hz,
1H), 6.06 (dd, J= 14.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 2. synthesis of compound 801-C
A solution of compound 801-B (12.2 g, 87.7 mmol) in POCl3 (160 mL) was stirred at 80
°C for overnight. The solvent was removed by evaperation. The residue was diluted with water
(200 mL) and the mixture was adjusted to pH = 8 with NaHCO3, then extracted with DCM
(200 mL*2). The combined organic solution was dried over NaSO4, filtered and concentrated
to give the crude which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with
PE:EtOAc (4:1) to give the product 801-C (2-chloro-3-ethoxypyridine, 12.1 g, 87%) as yellow
oil. H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 67.93 (t, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 2H), 4.09 (q, J= 7.2
Hz, 2H), 1.46 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. synthesis of compound 801-D Na (13.1 g, 571 mmol) was carefully added to MeOH (250 mL) and stirred at 30 °C until
Na was disappeared. Then, compound 801-C (9.0 g, 57.14 mmol) was added to the mixture
and the mixture was heated to reflux for 2 days. The solvent was removed. The residue was
diluted with DCM (300 mL), washed with water (200 mL*2), dried and concentrated to give
product 801-D (3-ethoxy-2-methoxypyridine, 7.2 g, yield: 83%) as yellow oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 67.71 (dd, J= 5.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.2 Hz,
1H), 6.80 (dd, J= 7.8, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.12 (m, 5H), 1.46 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 4. synthesis of compound 801-E To a solution of compound 801-D (7.2 g, 47 mmol) and NaOAc (4.6 g, 56.4 mmol) in
AcOH (120 mL) was added Br2 (9.0 g, 56.4 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) slowly at 10 °C. The
mixture was stirred at 30 °C for overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice (300 g),
extracted with MTBE (methyl tert-butyl ether, 100 mL*2). The combined organic layer was
dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product which was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc (20:1) to give the product 801-E
(5-bromo-3-ethoxy-2-methoxypyridine, 8.4 g, 77%) as yellow oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 7.77 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H),
4.05-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.51 (m, 3H).
Step 5. synthesis of compound 801-F To a solution of 801-E (8.4 g, 36.2 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was added n-BuLi (17.4 mL,
2.5 M) slowly at -70 °C. The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1.5 hours. DMF (7 mL, 90.5
mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at -70 °C for 0.5 hour. The mixture was
quenched with NH 4 Cl (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL*2). The combined EtOAc
solution was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over NaSO4, filtered and concentrated to get
crude product 801-F (5-ethoxy-6-methoxynicotinaldehyde, 6.5 g) as red solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3) 69.85 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 2.0 Hz,
1H), 4.07-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 1.41-1.47 (m, 3H).
Step 6. synthesis of compound 801-G To a solution of dimethyl sulfone (30.8 g, 328 mmol), KOH (1.84 g, 32.8 mmol) in DMF
(400 mL) was added 801-F (5.94 g, 32.8 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) slowly. The mixture was
stirred at 30 °C for 3 hours. The mixture was quenched with NH 4 Cl (500 mL), extracted with
EtOAc (500 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (500 mL*2), dried
over Na2SO4 then filtered and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE: EtOAc (2:1) to give the product 801-G
(3-ethoxy-2-methoxy-5-(2-(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)pyridine, 0.71 g, 8.5%) as brown solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 67.87 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d,
J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J= 15.3 Hz,1H), 4.09-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 1.52 (t,
J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 7. synthesis of compound 801-H A solution of H 3 B03 (0.368 g, 5.95 mmol) in H 2 0 (6 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 15
minutes. Compound 801-G (1.1 g, 4.3 mmol) was added and stirred at 50 °C for 15 minutes.
Then, NH 40H (60 mL) was added, the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C in sealed tube for
3 days. The mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL*3), the combined organic phase was
extracted with 2 N HCl (50 mL*2). The water phase was adjusted the pH = 10 with NaOH,
extracted with DCM (100 mL*2). The combined DCM solution was dried and concentrated to
get the product 801-H (1-(5-ethoxy-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine,
0.71 g, 66%).
H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 67.71 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (q,
J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 2H), 1.49 (t, J= 6.9 Hz,
3H).
Step 8. synthesis of compound 801 A mixture of compound (N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide, 112 mg,
0.55 mmol) and 801-H (150 mg, 0.55 mmol) in HOAc (5 mL) was heated to 110 °C for
overnight. Concentrated to dry under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC
to afford 801 (N-(2-(1-(5-ethoxy-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide , 66 mg, 26%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.70 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.81 (m,
2H), 7.57 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.38 (m, 1H),
4.15-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t, J= 6.8
Hz, 3H). LCMS: [(M+1)]* = 462.0.
Example 16. Synthesis of compound 901
iO 1 i 01- i On' 1 o01", 1O s HCI,NH 2 OH O Ac2 O s n-Buli 010 HCLO N' N i N' i MeSO 2Me N S=O N 901-D NH 2 901-E O / O 901o-A 901-BNOH 901-C N 0
NaBH N 0, OMsCI ( Nta120.0 H ONO 0 ,~ MCOI1 N~ N / gEt3NN s" B(OH) 3 N S N ,tr~N O OH N NH~ 901-F 901-G 901-H ONH 901
Step 1. synthesis of compound 901-B To a solution of 901-A (4-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolinaldehyde, 8.4 g, 46.36 mmol) in 150
mL of MeOH was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.87 g, 55.63 mmol) and NaOAc (4.56
g, 55.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours. Cooled to 25 °C and
concentrated to dry, and then diluted with 30 mL of cold water and extracted with EtOAc.
The combined EtOAc solution was washed with water and brine. Dried over Na2SO4,
concentrated to dry to give product 901-B (4-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolinaldehyde oxime, 8.0 g,
yield: 88%).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 11.40 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H),
4.14 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 1H), 1.36 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H)
Step 2. synthesis of compound 901-C A solution of 901-B (8.0 g, 40.8 mmol) in 60 mL of Ac20 was stirred in a sealed tube in a
microwave reactor at 170 °C for 30 minutes, then cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and
precipitated from PE/EtOAc (1:1) to give desired product 901-C (4-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolino
nitrile, 3.6 g, yield: 40%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d ):6 68.33 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 4.18 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H),
3.93 (s, 1H), 1.35 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. synthesis of compound 901-D A solution dimethyl sulfone (4.7 g, 50 mmol) in 200 mL dry THF was cooled to 0 °C
under N 2 atomosphere, to which n-BuLi (20 mL, 50 mmol) was added dropwise slowly. Then
the mixture was stirred in ice-water bath for 2 hours. A solution of 901-C (3.56 g, 20 mmol) in
50 mL of dry THF was added dropwise to the solution in ice-water bath. The mixture was
stirred in ice-water bath for 2 hours then quenched with ice cold water. THF was evaporated
and then the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (500 mL*3), the combined EtOAc solution
was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry to give crude product
901-D (1-(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethenamine, 5.5 g) which was
directly used in the next step without purification.
Step 4. synthesis of compound 901-E To a solution of 901-D (5.0 g, 18.4 mmol) in 140 mL THF cooled with ice-water was
added 2N HCl (60 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight. THF was evaporated
and the residue was basified with sat. NaHCO3. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200
mL*3). The combined EtOAc solution was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4.
Concentrated to dry to give the product 901-E (1-(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethenone, 6.5 g).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 68.38 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.22 (q, J= 6.8
Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 5. synthesis of compound 901-F To a solution of 901-E (6.5 g crude, 23.8 mmol) in 100 mL of MeOH cooled with
ice-water was added NaBH 4 (1.8 g, 47.6 mmol) portion wise. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C
for 2 hours then quenched with 2 N HCl (30 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was
concentrated to dry and basified with sat. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM/MeOH (20:1, 400
mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine. Dried over Na2SO4, concentrated
to dry to give crude product 901-F (1-(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanol, 5.5 g).
Step 6. synthesis of compound 901-G To a solution of 901-F (5.5 g, 20 mmol) in 100 mL of DCM cooled with ice-water was
added Et 3 N (5.6 mL, 40 mmol), followed by added MsCl (2.3 mL, 30 mmol) dropwise. The
mixture was stirred at 25 °C for overnight then quenched with ice-water and stirred for 30
minutes. Extracted with DCM (100 mL*2), the combined organic phase was washed with
water and brine. Dried over Na2SO4. Concentrated to dry and crystallized from PE/EtOAc (1:1)
to give product 901-G (4-ethoxy-5-methoxy-2-(2-(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)pyridine, 4.0 g, yield:
34% for 4 steps).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.59 (m, 3H), 4.12-4.18 (m, 2H),
3.90 (s, 3H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 7. synthesis of compound 901-H
A solution of B(OH) 3 (93 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 5 mL of water was heated to 50 °C for 15
minutes. 901-G (515 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.
Then 30 mL of NH 3 .H20 was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C in a sealed tube for 3
days. Cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and basified with sat. NaHCO3, and stirred at 25
°C for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted with DCM/MeOH (50 mL *3), the combined
organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to dry to give crude
product 901-H (1-(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 470 mg,
yield: 86%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6): 6 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 4.29-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.13 (q,
J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 8. synthesis of compound 901 To a solution of 901-H (220 mg, 0.8 mmol) in 20 mL of HOAc was added
N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide (164 mg, 0.8 mmol) then the mixture
was refluxed for overnight. Then the mixture was cooled to 25 °C and concentrated to dry and
purified by prep-HPLC to give product 901 (N-(2-(1-(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 100 mg, yield: 27%).
H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d): 69.71 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H),
7.79-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.86 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.86
(dd, J= 3.6, 7.2Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J= 14.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.10 (q, J= 7.2 Hz,
2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: [(M+1)]* = 461.9.
Synthesis of starting material 901-A
0 0"0 0 0 I 0I
HO NO' O /O NH 3 .H 2 0 O I ,OMnO 2 ,CHC13 O I 1 CsCO3,DMF O KOH,H 20 O N N N OH OH OH OH O 901-Al 901-A2 901-A3 901-A4 901-A
Synthesis of compound 901-A2
A solution of 901-Al (5-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4H-pyran-4-one, CAS number
501-30-4, 60 g, 422 mmol) in 300 mL of H 20 and KOH (30 g) was cooled to 10 °C. The
Sulfuric acid dimethyl ester (53.2 g, 422 mmol) was added by dropwise at 10 °C. The mixture
was stirred at 10 °C for 1 hour, then filtrated, collected the solid, washed with acetone (40 mL),
dried to give the product 901-A2 (2-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxy-4H-pyran-4-one, 17.5 g,
yield: 26.6 %) as yellow solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 6 8.08 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 5.79 (br s, 1H), 4.30 (s, 2H),
3.65 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound 901-A3
To a salable tube was added 901-A2 (2-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxy-4H-pyran-4-one, 32
g, 205 mmol) and NH 40H (160 mL). The tube was sealed and heated to 90 °C for 3 hour. The mixture was concentrated, then MeOH (200 mL) and activated carbon (15 g) were added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 0.5 hour. The mixture was filtrated through a Celite pad and concentrated to dryness to give the product 901-A3 (2-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxypyridin-4 (1H)-one, 27.8 g, yield: 87%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 6 7.38 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound 901-A4 To a solution of 901-A3 [2-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxypyridin-4(1H)-one, 27.8 g, 179 mmol) in DMF (280 mL) was added Cs2CO3 (64.2 g, 197 mmol). The mixture was heated to 85 °C and then the lodo-ethane (29.3 g, 188 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 85 °C for
2 hours. The mixture was filtrated. The filtrate was diluted with water (300 mL), extracted with DCM:MeOH=10:1 (300 mL*4), the organic phase was dried and concentrated to give crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with EtOAc to give the product 901-A4 ((4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)methanol, 17.5 g, yield: 53%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 68.04 (s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 5.29 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of compound 901-A
To a solution of 901-A4 ((4-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)methanol, 10 g, 54.6 mmol) in
CHC13 (400 mL) was added MnO2 (47 g, 546 mmol). The mixture was heated to 65 °C and
reacted for 2 hours. The mixture was filtrated, concentrated to give the product 901-A
(4-ethoxy-5-methoxypicolinaldehyde, 9 g, yield: 91%) as gray solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.82 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H). Example 17. Synthesis of compound 702 and 703 Synthesis of intermediate compounds 701-Fl and 701-F2 chiral separation OI N ~0 N V NH 2 0 NH 2 O NH 2 0 701-F 701-Fl 701-F2
Compound 701-F (6.6 g, 24 mmol) was chiral separated to give the product 701-Fl
((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 2.5 g, ee: 98.42%)
and 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 1.7 g, ee:
98.29%). Separation Method:
Column: chiralpak IA 5ptm 4.6*250 mm
Mobile phose: Hex: EtOH:DEA=70:30:0.2
Folw Rate (F): 1.0 mL/min
Wave Length (W): 230 nm
Tempreature (T): 30 C
Synthesis of compound 702
Compound 702 was synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in Example 14,
except the intermediate compound 701-F2 was used instead of compound 701-F. 0 0 0 N-N N 0 H S 02 "Y NH 702
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.73 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J= 8.0
Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J
= 10.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.35 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2
Hz, 3H). LC-MS: 462.2 ([M+1]*).
Synthesis of compound 703
Compound 703 was synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in Example 14, except the intermediate compound 701-F1 was used instead of compound 701-F. 0
00 N
NH 0 o 703
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.73 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J
= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.35 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2
Hz, 3H). LC-MS: 462.1 ([M+1]).
Example 18. Synthesis of compound 704, 705 and 706
Compound 705 and 706 were synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in
Example 14, except the intermediate compound 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) or 701-Fl ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used respectively instead of compound 701-F and
intermediate compound 101-E (N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide) was used instead of compound N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide.
0 F o O -N N 0
NH 0 0 705
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J= 9.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J
9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.78-5.81 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.36
(m,4H),3.77(s,3H),3.10(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),1.20(t,J= 6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:[(M+1)]+=
480.2 0 F 0 0 -N ON 0 O
NH 06
0
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.78 (s, 1H), 8.44-8.46 (m, 1H), 7.69 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H),
7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.0 Hz,1H), 5.80 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.35 (m, 4H),
3.77(s,3H),3.10(s,3H),2.17(s,3H),1.20(t,J=6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:[(M+1)]+= 480.0
Compound 704 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in Example
14, except the intermediate compound 101-E was used instead of compound N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3
dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide. 0
F 0 0 -N
NH 0 704
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7
fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 19. Synthesis of compound 707, 708 and 709
Compound 708 and 709 were synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in
Example 14, except the intermediate compound 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) or 701-Fl ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used respectively instead of compound 701-F and
intermediate compound 201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide) was used instead of compound N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide.
o /\ 0 F -N N. 0
NH0 708
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.81 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J= 12.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J
= 6.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.2 Hz,
1H), 4.13-4.36 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC-MS: 479.9 ([M+1]*). 0 o 0 F -~N
N 0 O H H
NH 0 Y 709
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.80 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J= 12.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J
= 6.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J= 10.4,3.2 Hz,
1H), 4.16-4.32 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC-MS: 480.2 ([M+1]).
Compound 707 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 701 in Example
14, except the intermediate compound 201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran
-4-yl)acetamide) was used instead of compound N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide.
0 0 \ 0 F -N N 0
rNH 0 707
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 20. Synthesis of compound 712 0-CD 3
O-CD 3 0 O O
O O CH 3COOH q 4N H -N ± +_____ H -S
0 NH 0 H 2NH H -S 0'NH 0 0 712-Al 712
To a solution of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide (117 mg, 0.568
mmol) in AcOH (5mL) was added compound 712-Al (150 mg, 0.54 mmol), the mixture was
stirred at 80°C for overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated by Rotary evaporator to
dryness and purified by Prep-HPLC and freeze-dried to obtain compound 712
((R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindoli
n-4-yl)acetamide,185mg).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 69.72 (s, 1H), 8.478 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J= 8.0
Hz ,1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.4 Hz,1H), 5.81 (dd, J
= 10.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J
= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: ([M+H]*). 465.0. ee% = 100%.
Synthesis of intermediate compound 712-A
S=O CII N ClI N 00 I N C CD 3I C NaQlEt0 IEtOH C1 Pd2(dba) 3, Sphos, OH 2 00 3 ;DMF OCD 3 DIEA, DMF,110°C, 4 h
SOCD 3 OD -D -D
N N-OCD3N diaxane,1 00°C, 60hH chiral separation H H N SH H2 N 0`o 2N "II1 0S H S
712-A 712-Al 712-A2
Step 1. Synthesis of compound B
To a solution of A (2-chloro-6-iodopyridin-3-ol, CAS number 185220-68-2, 5 g, 19.6
mmol) in 14 mL of DMF was added K 2 C03 (4.06 g, 29.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred for
30 minutes. CD3I (3.41 g, 23.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 2
hours. The mixture was cooled and poured into 100 mL of water, stirred for 0.5 hour, filtrated,
washed with water (200 mL x 2), collected the solid, dried in vacuo to give compound B
(2-chloro-6-iodo-3-d3-methoxypyridine, 4.87 g, yield: 91%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.81 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound C
NaOEt (8.53 g, 125.3 mmol) was added in portions slowly to anhydrous EtOH (100 mL)
at 10 °C. The inner temperature was raised to 35 °C when the addition completed. Then B
(2-chloro-6-iodo-3-d3-methoxypyridine, 4.87 g, 17.9 mmol) was added and the mixture was
heated to 100 °C and stirred for 2 hours. Cooled and the solvent was removed. The residue was
diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and ice water (100 mL), then stirred and stratified. The organic
phase was washed with water (100 mL) and brine(100 mL), then dried over Na2SO4, filtered
and concentrated to dry to give compound C (2-ethoxy-6-iodo-3-d3-methoxypyridine, 4.86 g,
yield: 96%) as brown solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.30 (dd, J= 8.1,1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.1,1.2 Hz, 1H),
4.28-4.21 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.27 (m, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound D
To a solution of C (2-ethoxy-6-iodo-3-d3-methoxypyridine, 4.86 g, 17.2 mmol) in DMF
(50 mL, N2 bubbled for 0.5 hour) were added DIEA (3.33 g, 25.8 mmol),
Methanesulfonyl-ethene (2.19 g, 20.6 mmol), S-Phos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',
6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl, 1.09 g, 2.58 mmol), and Pd 2(dba) 3 (1.06 g, 1.5 mmol). The mixture
was purged with N 2 for 4 times, and stirred at 110 °C for 4 hours under N 2 protection. Then the
mixture was cooled, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated through Rotary evaporator to
give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE: EtOAc =
4:1 to 1:1). to give D (2-ethoxy-3-d3-methoxy-6-(2-(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)pyridine, 3.6 g, 80%)
as off white solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 7.43-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H),
1.34 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 712-A
B(OH) 3 (2.49 g, 40.3 mmol), dioxane (40 mL), D (2-ethoxy-3-d3-methoxy-6-(2
(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)pyridine, 7.0 g, 26.9 mmol) and NH 3 .H20 (200 mL) was added to sealed
tube and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 60 hours. Then the sealed tube was cooled,
deflated and opened. The reaction solution was concentrated to 50 mL, then the precipitated
solid was filtered and washed with H 20. The filtration was concentrated to dryness through
rotary evaporator to give a crude which was slurried with PE/EtOAc (3:1, 40 mL) to give
712-A(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 5.3 g, yield:
71%) as white solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): 6 7.23 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.33
(q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.21 (br s,
2H), 1.31 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 5. Chiral Separation
712-A (1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was purified
by chiral Prep-HPLC to afford 712-Al ((R) -1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) and 712-A2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine).
Chiral Separation conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IA, Particle size: 5 p m; Wave
Length: 230 nm; Mobile Phase: Hexane/EtOH/(0.2%oTEA)=70/30[V/V(0.2%oTEA)];
Tempreature: 30 °C.
Example 21. Synthesis of compound 710 and 711
Compound 711 was synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example 20,
except the corresponding substrate 712-A2 was used instead of compound 712-Al.
O-CD 3
0 o -N N .0O N1,0
yNH
o 711
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin
-4-yl)acetamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 69.72 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J= 8.4
Hz ,1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J
= 10.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (dd, J= 14.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s,
3H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: ([M+H]f). = 465.0. ee% = 98.3%
Compound 710 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example
20, except the corresponding substrate 712-A was used instead of compound 712-Al. O-CD 3
0 \ 0 N
NH 0 Y 710
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)acetamide)
Example 22. Synthesis of compound 716, 718 and 719
Compound 719 was synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example 20,
except the corresponding substrate 101-E (N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4
-yl)acetamide) was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide.
Compound 718 was synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example 20,
except the corresponding substrate 101-E was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3
dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide and the corresponding substrate 712-A2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy
-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 712-Al
((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine)).
o-CD 3 F 0 O -N N 0
o 719
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoi
soindolin-4-yl)acetamide)
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.76 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J= 9.2, 3.6Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J= 9.2
Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H),
4.35-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.12 (m, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: ([M+H]f) = 483.0. ee% = 99.6%
O-CD 3
F O O -N N 0 HH S NH O 718 0
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoi
soindolin-4-yl)acetamide)
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 69.76 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J= 9.2,3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J= 9.2
Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 10.8,4.0 Hz, 1H),
4.33 (dd, J= 14.8,4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t, J= 6.8
Hz, 3H). LCMS: ([M+H]f) = 482.9. ee% = 98.5%
Compound 716 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example
20, except the corresponding substrate 101-E (N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran
-4-yl)acetamide) was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide
and the corresponding substrate 712-A (1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methy
sulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 712-Al ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine)). O-CD 3
NH 716
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo
isoindolin-4-yl)acetamide)
Example 23. Synthesis of compound 722, 724 and 725
Compound 725 was synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example 20,
except the corresponding subtrate 201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran
-4-yl)acetamide) was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide.
Compound 724 was synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example 20,
except the corresponding subtrate 201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran
-4-yl)acetamide) was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide
and the corresponding subtrate 712-A2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 712-Al ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxy
pyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine). O-CD3
0 \0 F N
-0 NH 'H
NH 0 725
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoi
soindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J= 12.0,2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=
6.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 14.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=
7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: ([M+H]f) = 483.0. ee% = 100%
O-CD3
0 \ 0 F -N N O
O 724
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxoi
soindolin-4-yl)acetamide
'HNMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.31-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.53 (dd,J=6.8,2.4 Hz,
1H), 7.27 (d,J= 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d,J= 8.0Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd,J= 10.8,3.6Hz, 1H), 4.33
(dd,J= 14.4,3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t,J=7.2Hz,
3H). LCMS: ([M+H]f) = 483.2. ee% = 98.4%
Compound 722 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 712 in Example
20, except the corresponding subtrate 201-C (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran
-4-yl)acetamide) was used instead of N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide
and the corresponding subtrate 712-A (1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 712-Al ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxy
pyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine).
O-CD 3
o \ 0 F -N NN O
2 Y NH 722
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo
isoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 24. Synthesis of compound 111
CI 0 CI oO C O1
HNO 3 /H 2 SO 4 OH Ra-Ni/ H 2 " OH rt, 16 h NO 2 O EtOH, rt , 5h N 0 O NH2 0 111-B 111-C 111-A
CI 0 0 CI O 0 Ac2 O H2N N 102-B O1
NH O AcOH NH 0
O 111-D O 111
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 111-B
To a mixture of HN03 and H 2 SO4 (20 mL:50 mL) was added compound 111-A (3-chloro
phthalic anhydride, CAS number 117-21-5, 25.0 g, 137 mmol) in small portions at 0 °C. The
mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hours, then cooled to 0 °C, followed by the addition of
crushed ice. The solid was filtered and dried to afford compound 111-B (3-chloro-6-nitro
phthalic acid, 21.0 g, 63% yield) as a white solid.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ):6 6 14.34 (br s, 2H), 8.17 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 1H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 111-C
To a solution of 111-B (3-chloro-6-nitrophthalic acid, 1.0 g, 4.08 mmol) in EtOH (130 mL)
was added Raney Ni (1 g) under N 2 protection. The mixture was purged with H 2 and stirred
under H 2 balloon pressure for 5 hours at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was filtered through a
celite pad under N 2 protection and the cake was washed with EtOH and the filtrate was
concentrated to afford compound 111-C (3-amino-6-chlorophthalic acid, 0.75 g, 85%) as a pale
green solid.
'HNMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d): 67.35-7.14(m,1H),6.86-6.67(m,1H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 111-D
A mixture of 111- C (3-amino-6-chlorophthalic acid, 0.75 g, 3.49 mmol) in Ac20 (10 mL)
was stirred at 120 °C for overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated through rotary
evaporator then the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with Petrol Ether to give the product 111-D (N-(7-chloro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide) as pale yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.86 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J= 9.0
Hz, 1H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 111
A mixture of 111- D (N-(7-chloro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide,
100 mg, 0.418 mmol) and 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine, 115 mg, 0.418 mmol) in AcOH (2 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 hours. The
mixture was cooled then a solid precipitated. The solid was filtered and washed with EtOAc,
n-hexane, dried in vacuo to give compound 111 ((S)-N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4
methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 155 mg, 75%
yield).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J= 9.2 Hz,
1H), 7.07 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.0, 4.4 Hz,1H), 4.35-4.29 (m,
1H), 4.20-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.03 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.33
(t,J=6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:[(M-H)]-= 493.1. eeo= 100%.
Example 25. Synthesis of compound 112, 113 and 114
Compound 112 can be prepared according to the method of compound 111, except the
corresponding substrate 1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine was
used instead of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine). 0 CI 0 -0
0NNH
O 112 N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)acetamide
Synthesis of compound 113
Compound 113 can be prepared according to the method of compound 111, except the corresponding substrate 103-E ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine) was used instead of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine). O-CD 3 CI O 0
N 0 H S NH O 113 0
(S)-N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoind
olin-4-yl)acetamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J= 9.2 Hz,
1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.0 Hz, 4.4 Hz,1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 1H),
4.20-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.02 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
LCMS:[(M-H)]-= 496.1. ee% = 99.5%.
Compound 114 can be prepared according to the method of compound 111, except the
corresponding substrate 103-D (1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) was used instead of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine).
O-CD 3 CI 0 0 -N \ N O
NH 0 114 0
(N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindoli
n-4-yl)acetamide)
Example 26. Synthesis of compound 728, 729 and 730
Compound 728 was synthesized according to the method of compound 111 in example 24, except the corresponding substrate 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2
(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine). 0 CI / \ 0
S -N''0 NH O H 0728
N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindo
lin-4-yl)acetamide)
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.79 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz,
1H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J = 10.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J= 6.8
Hz, 3H). LCMS: [(M-H)]- = 496.2.
Compound 729 and 730 were synthesized according to the method of compound 111 in
example 24, except the corresponding substrate 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) or 701-Fl ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine) respectively. 0
CI 0 '
~NNO 0I~
O 729 (S)-N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoi ndolin-4-yl)acetamide
CI O 0 04_.-N' N 0 H NH O O730
(R)-N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 27. Synthesis of compound 731
0- 0 CI 0 / CN 0 /\ O N Pd 2(dba) 3 , dppf, N '0 Zn(CN) 2 , Zn, DMA N O
OH \ MW 140 °C 2h NH 0
0 728 O 731
To a mixture of 728 (N-(7-chloro-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl sulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 150 mg, 0.303 mmol), Zn(CN)2(222 mg, 1.90 mmol), Zn powder (100 mg, 1.54 mmol), and dppf (76 mg, 0.137 mmol) in DMA (3 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (105 mg, 0.115 mmol). The mixture was purged with N2 and stirred at 140 oC for 2 hours under microwave irradiation then cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to gave crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc : petroleum ether = 2/1) to afford the crude compound which was further purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 731 (N-(7-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2 (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 62.0 mg, 42% yield). H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.93 (s, 1H), 8.64 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: [(M+H)]+= 487.2
Example 28. Synthesis of compound 732 and 733
Compound 729 was converted into compound 732 according to the method of compound
731 in Example 27.
CN o / \ -N N 0O H S NH O OH 732
(S)-N-(7-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoi ndolin-4-yl)acetamide
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.93 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J= 8.8
Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.8 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H),
4.35-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J= 6.8
Hz, 3H). LCMS: [(M+H)]+= 487.2. ee%: 100%.
Compound 733 was converted from compound 730 according to the method of compound
731 in Example 27. 0 CN N o -~ N
H -S NH 0
(R)-N-(7-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoi ndolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 29. Synthesis of compound 115 and 116
Compound 111 was converted into compound 115 according to the method of compound
731 in Example 27. 0 CN o O
N 0 H S' NH 0
0 115
(S)-N-(7-cyano-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindoli
n-4-yl)acetamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.91 (s, 1H), 8.62 (dd, J= 8.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.79
(dd, J= 10.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.03 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s,
3H),2.25(s,3H),1.33(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+NH 4 *]= 503.0. ee%: 100%.
Compound 116 was converted from compound 112 according to the method of compound
731 in Example 27.
0 CN O O0
NN 0 " '0 NH O
0 116
N-(7-cyano-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindol
in-4-yl)acetamide
Example 30. Synthesis of compound 734
0 0o 0 Br Br Br , BOH Raney-Ni Br ,,, OH AC 20101 r OH KMnO4,aqNaOHOOH 120 C Br H OKn4,qaHixEtOH, rt O 16 h -N NO2 80°C, 3h NO2 0 NH 2 0 O 734-B 734-C 734-D 734-A
0 Br- N O N NC
H2 N 0 B ON Zn(CN) 2, Pd2 N O4 701-F2 F S 2(dba) 3 NH DMA, dppf, MW NH 0 734-F O O 734
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 734-B
To a mixture of compound 734-A (5-bromo-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzoic acid, CAS number
107650-20-4, 16.0 g, 0.062 mol) in H 2 0 (240 mL) was added NaOH (4.92 g, 0.122 mol). The
mixture was heated to 80 °C then KMnO4 (39 g, 0.123 mol) was added in portions during 3
hours. Then the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction solution was filtered and the
cake was washed with hot water (200 mL).The filtrate was adjusted with 2N HCl to pH = 1, extracted with EtOAc (300 mL x 3), the combined organic layers was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum to give compound 734-B (5-bromo-3-nitrophthalic acid, 9.0 g, yield:51%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 6 14.0 (br s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 734-C
To a solution of 734-B (5-bromo-3-nitrophthalic acid, 5.0 g, 17.24 mmol) in EtOH (150
mL) was added Raney Ni (5 g) under N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was purged with H 2 and
stirred under H2 balloon pressure for 7 hours at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was filtered
through a celite pad and the cake was washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated to
dryness to afford compound 734-C (3-amino-5-bromophthalic acid, 5.0 g, crude) as a pale
green solid.
1HNMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d): 67.02-7.01(m,1H),6.79-6.77(m,1H),1.03(brs,2H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 734-D
A mixture of 734-C (3-amino-5-bromophthalic acid, 5.0 g) in Ac20 (50 mL) was stirred at
120 °C for overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated through rotary evaporator and the
solid precipitated then filtered and washed the solid with EtOAc to give the product 734-D
(N-(6-bromo-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)acetamide, 2.1 g, yield:38%) as pale
yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.90 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s,
3H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 734-F
A mixture of compound 734-D (N-(6-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl)
acetamide, 500 mg, 1.767 mmol) and 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 484 mg, 1.767 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 2
hours. Then H 2 0 (30 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2).
The organic layers was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude
product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel ( PE: EtOAc = 1:1) to
afford 734-F ((S)-N-(6-bromo-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 0.9 g, yield: 95%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.77 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J= 1.2
Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). Step 5. Synthesis of compound 734
To a degassed mixture of 734-F ((S)-N-(6-bromo-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 450 mg, 0.833 mmol),
Zn(CN)2 (292 mg, 2.50 mmol), and dppf (185 mg, 0.333 mmol) in DMA (8 mL) was added
Pd2 (dba) 3 (305 mg, 0.333 mmol). The mixture was purged with N2 and stirred at 110 °C for 1
hour under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the filtrate
was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (EtOAc:petroleum ether = 1:1) to afford the crude compound which was further
purified by Prep-HPLC to give 734 ((S)-N-(6-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 220.0 mg, 54% yield) as yellow
solid. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.94 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27
(d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (dd, J= 14.4,
3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz,
3H). LCMS (ESI) [M+H]* = 486.9.
Compounds 735 and 736 can be synthesized according to the method compound 734,
except the corresponding substrate 701-F ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethanamine) and 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) were used instead of 701-F2 respectively. 0 0 0 NC N I N H-o
0 735
(R)-N-(6-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)acetamide
0 0 NC -N N 0 11-0 NH o 0 736
N-(6-cyano-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoiso
indolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 31. Synthesis of compound 737
0 0 0 -N N2H HATU,DIEA N 0 20%Pd/C -+I- 0 00 IN 00 DMFS0E H2 S NO2 OH NO 2 0
701-F 737-B 737-C 0 0- 0
-N 0 N 0 MsCI O N 0N N N 0 NaOH(2N) THF, refluxed 16h S=O
" NH2 NMs'0NMs O CH3CN rt, 1h , NH O
737-D 737-E 737
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 737-C
To the mixture of 701-F (5g, 18.2mmol) in DMF(300mL) was added 737-B (3-nitro
phthalic acid, CAS number 603-11-2,3.85g, 18.2mmol), HATU (15.2g, 40mmol) and DIEA
(8.23g, 63.7mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction
was added H20(150ml) and stirred for 15 minutes, then extracted with EtOAc (400 mL) and
the organic phase was washed with brine (300 mL*2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography with
PE:EA(2:1-1:1) to give 737-C (4.5g, yield:55%) as yellow solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 68.35 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (t,
J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.89-5.80 (m, 1H),
4.39-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.12 (m, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 737-D
A mixture of 737- C (4.5g, 0.Olmmol) in Ethyl Acetate (200ml) was added 20%Pd/C
(800mg) and stirred at room temperature for 7 hours under H2 (50 psi) atomosphere. The
mixture was filtered and concentrated to give 737-D (4.09g, yield:97%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 67.45 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.90
(m, 3H), 6.49 (s, 2H), 5.79-5.71 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t,
J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 737-E
To a solution of 737-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione, 500mg, 1.19 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added Et 3 N
(606 mg, 6 mmol), MsCl (187mg, 1.79mmol) and DMAP (290 mg, 2.38 mmol). The mixture
was stirred at 75 °C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated and extracted with EtOAc (30
mL), washed with IN HCl, brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give crude, then purified
by column chromatography on silica gel (PE: EtOAc 1:1) and Pre-HPLC to afford 350 mg of a
mixture of 737-E (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3
dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)-N-(methylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide) and (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5
methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide)
as yellow solid.
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 737
A solution of 737-E (300 mg) in CH 3 CN was added NaOH solution(2N, 0.6 mL), the
mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 hour. Then the mixture was adjusted to pH = 8 with HCl (IN),
extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2SO4, and the filtration was concentrated to give crude
which was purified by Prep-HPLC to afford compound 737 (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5
methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)methanesulfonamide,
103 mg, 20% for 2 steps).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.33 (s, 1H), 7.86-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d, J= 6.8 Hz,
1H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 1.18 (t, J= 7.2
Hz, 3H), LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+= 498.1.
Compound 737-D2 was synthesized according to the method of compound 737-D, except
compound 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 701-F.
0
0 o -N N 0
NH 2 0
737-D2
(S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline
-1,3-dione
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.92 (m,
3H), 6.49 (s, 2H), 5.77-5.73 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 1.23-1.17
(m, 3H).
Compound 737-D1 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 737-D,
except compound 701-Fl ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) was used instead of 701-F.
0 o 0 -N N 0 H -SO NH 2 0
737-D1
(R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline
-1,3-dione
Compound 738 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 737, except
compound 737-D2 was used instead of 737-D. 0 o O N N 0
NH 0 006 738
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)methanesulfonamide)
Example 32. Synthesis of compound 742 0- 0 0 N/CI N \N
I N_ 0 74-A / 0 NH 2 DIEA,DCM
737-D 742
Asolutionof737-D(4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione, 479 mg, 1.143 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) cooled to 0°C was added
742-A (2-(benzyloxy)acetyl chloride, CAS number 19810-31-2, 1.26 g, 6.86 mmol) and
DIEA(1.28 g, 9.94 mmol), then the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. Then the mixture
was concentrated and purified with column chromatography on silica gel (PE:EtOAc =3:1-2:1)
to give the product (625 mg, yield:96%) as yellow solid. 125 mg of the product was purified by
prep-HPLC to afford 742 (2-(benzyloxy)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methy
sulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 53 mg).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 610.42 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J= 8.0 Hz,
1H), 7.62 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.0 Hz,
1H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.36-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.16 (m, 5H), 3.76
(s,3H),3.10(s,3H),1.17(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+H]+= 568.0.
Compounds 743 and 744 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 742,
except compounds 737-D2 and 737-D1 were used instead of 737-D respectively. 0
0 N"'o
H S" 0"~O
O->Y NH 0743
(S)-2-(benzyloxy)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dio
xoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
0 \0 -N' O --0 NH '-S0
0 N 0744
(R)-2-(benzyloxy)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dio
xoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 33. Synthesis of compound 739
0
0 \ o / \O 0 -N /\ 0 N1 O NH N N O N O O , 20%Pd/C O DMF HO NH 0 -)'9' 742 O 739
A mixture of 742 (2-(benzyloxy)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 500 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DMF(50 mL) was
added Pd/C (20%, 50% wet, 50 mg) and stirred at 25 °C for 12 hours under H 2 (50 psi). The
mixture was filtered and concentrated and purified by Prep-HPLC to give 739
(N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)
-2-hydroxyacetamide,160mg, yield: 32%).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 610.63 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J= 8.4 Hz,
1H), 7.61 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (t, J= 5.6
Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 3H), 4.07 (d, J=
5.6Hz,2H),3.76(s,3H),3.10(s,3H),1.17(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+H]+= 478.2.
Compounds 740 and 741 can be prepared from compounds 743 and 744 respectively
according to the method of compound 739.
0 o 0 \ 0 -N N 0O H \ HO 1 NH o 0 740
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide 0 0 0 N 0 H -'O
HO >NH O O 741
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide
Example 34. Synthesis of compound 748
0 0- 0 \ 0 0 O rcl -- N \ - \ N 0 I
N 0 S=0 0 = DMFDMAP NO >NH O NH 2 0 737-D 748
Asolutionof737-D(4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione, 100 mg, 0.238 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) cooled to 0°C was added
2-methoxyacetyl chloride (CAS number 38870-89-2, 148 mg, 1.367 mmol) and DMAP (45.8
mg, 0.357 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture
was quenched with HCl (IM, 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic phase
was concentrated and purified by Prep-HPLC to afford 748 (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy
pyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)-2-methoxyacetamide, 30mg, yield:26 %).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 610.29 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J= 8.4 Hz,
1H), 7.62 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J
10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.15 (m, 3H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s,
3H),3.10(s,3H),1.17(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+H]+= 492.2.
Compounds 749 and 750 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 748,
except compounds 737-D2 and 737-D1 were used instead of compound 737-D respectively.
oo -N N 0O
o 749
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4 yl)-2-methoxyacetamide 0
o 750
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4 yl)-2-methoxyacetamide
Example 35. Synthesis of compound 745 0 0- F O F NO CI N N 0\I N 0= N O S=O DMFDMAP NO NH NH 2 O 0 745-D 745
Compound 745 (N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7 fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)-2-methoxyacetamide) was synthesized according to the
method of 748 in Example 34, except the appropriate compound 745-D was used instead of 737-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline -1,3-dione). 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 610.28 (s, 1H), 8.74 (dd, J= 9.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J= 10.8, = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.14 (m, 4H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: [M+H]+= 510.2. Synthesis of compound 745-D
The compound 745-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione) was synthesized according to the method of
compound 737-D in Example 31, except the corresponding starting material 101-A
(3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) was used instead of compound 737-B (3-nitro phthalic acid).
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 67.35 (t, J =9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H),
7.07-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.46 (br s, 2H), 5.75-5.70 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s,
3H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 1.35-1.17 (m, 3H).
Compounds 745-D2 and 745-D1 were synthesized according to the method of compound
737-D in example 31, except the corresponding starting material 101-A
(3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) was used instead of compound 737-B (3-nitro phthalic acid),
and compounds 701-F2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethan
amine) or 701-Fl ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine)
was used instead of 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) respectively. 0 F O O -- N N O
NH 2 O 745-D2
(S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7
fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.35-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.46-6.44 (m,
2H), 5.77-5.72 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 4H), 4.04-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H),
1.23-1.15 (m, 3H).
F O O -N N 0 H'SeO NH 2 O 745-D1
(R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindo
ine-1,3-dione
Synthesis of compounds 746 and 747
Compounds 746 and 747 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 745,
except compound 745-D2 or 745-D1 was used instead of compound 745-D. 0 F O O -N I N - "00 H S
o 746
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)-2-methoxyacetamide
0 F O O -N N 0 O H
0 747
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)-2-methoxyacetamide)
Example 36. Synthesis of compound 751
O F o -N F O O N O -N
NN OH SOCl 2 C1 N O O N' A- NH 2 S O -HCI 745-D N NH
751-B THF, 75 °C, 1 h 0 751
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 751-B
2-(dimethylamino)acetic acid (CAS number 1118-68-9, 1.50 g, 14.56 mol) in SOCl2 (15
mL) was stirred at 75 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give compound
751-B (2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride, 1.90 g, crude), which was used to the next step
without further purification.
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 751
A solution of 745-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione, 300 mg, 0.68 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 751-B
(2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride, 432 mg, 2.74 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 75 °C for 1
hour then cooled to 25 °C. NaHCO3 aqueous solution (30 mL) was added and the mixture was
extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The organic layers was washed with brine, dried over
Na2SO4, filtrered and the filtration was concentrated to give a crude product, which was
purified by Prep-HPLC to afford 751 (2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 120 mg, yield:
34%).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.80-8.77 (m, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 8.7
Hz,1H), 7.28 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 6.9 Hz,1H), 5.83-5.79 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.20 (m,
4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 5H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 1.20 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H). LCMS: [M+H]=
523.2.
Compounds 752 and 753 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 751,
except compound 745-D2 or 745-D1 was used respectively instead of compound 745-D.
F o 0 N
N NH N 1 0 752
(S)-2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-f
luoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
0 F 0 0 -N
N H0 0_ O N ,NH 1 0 753
(R)-2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-f
luoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 37. Synthesis of compound 754
Compound 754 was synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in example 36,
except corresponding substrate 737-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used instead of compound 745-D. 0 0 \ 0 -N N 90
N NH 0
2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,
3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide)
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.82 (m,
1H), 7.59 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.81-5.70 (m,
1H), 4.31-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 1.16 (t, J= 7.2 Hz,
3H). LCMS: [M+H]* = 505.2.
Compounds 755 and 756 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in
example 36, except corresponding substrate 737-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy
pyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) or 737-D1 ((R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6
ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used
respectively instead of compound 745-D.
0
o 0 -N (?- N . 0 O' H S
NH O 755
(S)-2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3
-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide)
0 o o -N 0 '0
NH O N NH 0 756
(R)-2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,
3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide
Example 38. Synthesis of compound 757
Compound 757 was synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in example 36,
except isovaleryl chloride (CAS number 108-12-3) was used instead of compound 751-B
(2-(dimethylamino)acetylchloride).
0 F o 0 - N N 0 S NH 0
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindo
lin-4-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.71 (s, 1H), 8.47 (dd, J= 9.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J
9.2Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d,J= 8.0Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d,J= 8.0Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd,J= 10.8,3.6 Hz, 1H),
4.33 (dd, = 14.4, 2.8 Hz,1H), 4.22-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.33 (d, J= 6.8 Hz,
2H), 2.09-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.19 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H). LCMS: [M+H]f=
522.2
Compounds 758 and 759 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in
example 36, except isovaleryl chloride was used instead of compound 751-B
(2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride) and 745-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxy
pyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione))or 745-D1((R)-4-amino
-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dion
e) was used respectively instead of compound 745-D.
0 F O O -N N 0O
NH 0 Y'I 758
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
0 F o0 \ O -N N H O NH 0 759
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
Example 39. Synthesis of compound 760
Compound 760 was synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in example 36, except isovaleryl chloride was used instead of compound 751-B (2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride) and compound 737-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2- (methyl sulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used instead of 745-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5 methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione).
0 0 \ 0 -N I N O S\ NH 0 760
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin
4-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.68 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J
= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (dd, J= 14.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s,
3H), 2.34 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 6.8 Hz,
6H). LCMS: [M+H]* = 504.0.
Compounds 761 and 762 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 751 in
example 36, except isovaleryl chloride was used instead of compound 751-B
(2-(dimethylamino)acetyl chloride) and compound 737-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5
methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) or 737-D1 ((R)-4-amino
-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was
used respectively instead of 745-D.
0 o \ 0 N N 0
NH 0 761
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)-3-methylbutanamide
0 \0
N 0 H '-S
' NH 0 "T O 762
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
-yl)-3-methylbutanamide
Example 40. Synthesis of compound 763 0 0 F 0F 00 F CI N 0 I N 0 _ _ _ _ __ _ i.. THF, reflux NH 0 NH 2 0 I1 745-D O 763
A solution of 745-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione, 260 mg, 0.59 mmol) in THF (3mL) was added
cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (CAS number 4023-34-1, 124 mg, 1.19 mmol) and stirred at
75 °C for 1.5 hours. The mixture was concentrated and purified by Prep-HPLC to afford
product 763 (119 mg, yield: 40%).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.03 (s, 1H), 8.43-8.40 (m, 1H), 7.68 (t, J= 9.2 Hz,1H),
7.27 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J= 10.4, 3.6 Hz,1H), 4.36-4.31 (m,
1H), 4.24-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.87(d,J=5.2Hz,4H). LCMS:[M+H]= 506.2.
Compounds 764 was synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in example
40, except 745-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione) was used instead of 745-D.
F o O N N"0
NH 0 OH 764
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide)
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 610.02 (s, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J= 9.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J= 9.2
Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 7.6 Hz,1H), 5.82-5.80 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.31 (m,
1H), 4.24-4.18 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H),
0.88-0.86 (m, 4H). LCMS: [M+H]*= 506.2.
Compounds 765 was synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in example
40, except 745-D1 ((R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used instead of 745-D.
0 F 0 \0
FN O HS NH o o 765
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoi
ndolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Example 41. Synthesis of compound 767
Synthesis of intermediate compound 767-D2
0-CD 3 F 0 /\ O .- N N ,,0 Hi SCO NH 2 O 767-D2
Compound 767-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione)) was synthesized according to the
method of compound 737-D in example 31, except 712-A2
((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine)wasusedinstead
of compound 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) and
101-A (3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) was used instead of 737-B (3-nitro phthalic acid).
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.03
(m, 1H), 6.98-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 2H), 5.77-5.71 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.08 (s, 3H),
1.23-1.15 (m, 3H).
Synthesis of compounds 767-D and 767-D1
Compounds 767-D and 767-D1 can be synthesized according to the method of compound
737-D in example 31, except 101-A (3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) was used instead of 737-B
(3-nitro phthalic acid) and 712-A (1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine) or 712-Al ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethan
amine) was used respectively instead of compound 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine). o-CD 3 F o -N N 0
NH 2 0
767-D
4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoli
ne-1,3-dione O-CD3
F o O -N / NH 0 HS 0 NH 2 0
767-D1
(R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoroisoin
doline-1,3-dione
O-CD 3 O-CD 3 F F 0 0 -N N-N CI N 0 N. 0 H S H O 0 THF, reflux NH 0 NH 2 0 1 767-D2 0 767
Compound 767 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide)wassynthesizedaccording
to the method of compound 763 in example 40, except compound 767-D2 was used instead of
745-D.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.02 (s, 1H), 8.43-8.40 (m, 1H), 7.67 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H),
7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82-5.78 (m, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 14.4, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 4.22-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.86 (m, 4H). LCMS: 509.2 ([M+H]f). ee% = 98.9%
Compound 766 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in example
40, except compound 767-D was used instead of 745-D. O-CD 3
F O O -N N 0 S NH O 766
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoin
dolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Compound 768 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in example
40, except compound 767-D1 was used instead of 745-D.
O-CD 3
F O O -N' N H 0 HS NH O O 768
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoi soindolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Example 42. Synthesis of compound 770
Compound 770 was synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in example 40,
except compound 737-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used instead of 745-D. 0 O0 \ O -N N 0iO H S NH O 0 770
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.98 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J=
10.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H),
2.00-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.88-0.87 (m, 4H). LCMS: 487.9 ([M+H]f).
Compounds 769 and 771 can be synthesized according to the method of compound 763 in
example 40, except compound 737-D (4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) or 737-D1 ((R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5
methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was used respectively
instead of 745-D.
0
o 0 -N N 0O
NH O O 769
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)c
yclopropanecarboxamide o 0 -N N 0
NH o 771
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Example 43. Synthesis of compound 773
Synthesis of intermediate compound 773-D2
O-CD 3
0 o N . O Nz o NH 2 0 773-D2
Compound 773-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione) was synthesized according to the method of compound
737-D in example 31, except compound 712-A2 ((S)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)
-2-(methylsulfonyl) ethanamine) was used instead of 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin
-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J= 8.4 Hz,1H), 7.01-6.91
(m, 3H), 6.49(s, 2H), 5.78-5.72 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.19 (m, 4H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 1.22-1.15 (m, 3H).
Synthesis of compounds 773-D and 773-D1
Compounds 773-D and 773-D1 can be synthesized according to the method of compound
737-D in example 31, except compound 712-A (1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) or 712-Al ((R)-1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methyl
sulfonyl)ethanamine) was used respectively instead of 701-F.
O-CD 3
o /0 -- N N 0
NH 2 0 773-D
4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-di
one
O-CD 3
o 0 N .0 HS 0 NH 2 0 | 773-D1
(R)-4-amino-2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
isoindoline-1,3-dione
Compound 773 was synthesized according to the method of 763 in example 40, except
compound 773-D2 was used instead of 745-D. O-CD 3
0 o -N' N 0O
NH O 0 773
(S)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin
-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide)
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 9.99 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J= 8.0 Hz,1H),
7.59 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.02 (m, 1H), 5.83-5.80 (m, 1H),
4.36-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H),
0.88(d,J=6.0Hz,4H). LCMS:([M+H]f)= 491.2 ee% = 99.0%
Compounds 772 and 774 can be synthesized according to the method of 763 in example
40, except compound 773-D or 773-D1 was used respectively instead of 745-D.
O-CD3
O 0 N N O
NH o 772
N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4
yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide O-CD3
0 -NO N H 0
0
(R)-N-(2-(1-(6-ethoxy-5-d3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin
-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Example 44. Synthesis of compound 118
O-CD 3 O-CD 3 F F 0a - I \ CI N 0 N 0 H S H O THF, reflux NH O NH2 0 118-D2 0 118
Compound118((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide)wassynthesizedaccordingto
the method of 763 in example 40, except compound 118-D2 was used instead of 745-D.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d )6 610.01 (s, 1H), 8.38 (dd, J= 9.2,3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J= 9.2
Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 2H), 5.77 (dd, Ji = 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (dd, Ji = 14.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.03 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.97 (m, 1H),
1.33(t,J=6.8Hz,3H),0.89-0.87(m,4H). LCMS:([M+H]*)= 507.9.
Synthesis of compound 118-D2
Compound 118-D2 ((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione) was synthesized according to the method of 737-D in example 31, except compound 103-E ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methyl sulfonyl)ethanamine) was used instead of 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2
(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) and 101-A (3-fluoro-6-nitrophthalic acid) was used instead of
737-B (3-nitro phthalic acid).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.33 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.93
(m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 2H), 5.73-5.69 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.12-3.98 (m, 3H), 3.01 (s, 3H),
1.36-1.30 (m, 3H).
Example 45. Synthesis of compound 120
O-CD 3 O-CD 3 0 / \0 0 0 -V CI N N O H S NH j H O THF, reflux NH O NH 2 0 1 120-D2 O 120
Compound 120 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)
-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide) was synthesized according to the method
of compound 763 in example 40, except compound 120-D2 was used instead of 745-D.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.98 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J= 8.0
Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.0 Hz,1H), 7.01-6.92 (m, 2H), 5.79 (dd, J=
10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (dd, J= 14.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J= 14.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J
7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.32 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.88 (m, 4H).
LCMS: ([M+H]f) = 490.0.
Synthesis of compound 120-D2
Compound 120-D2
((S)-4-amino-2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dio
ne) was synthesized according to the method of compound 737-D in example 31, except
compound 103-E ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-d3-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine) was
used instead of 701-F (1-(6-ethoxy-5-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine).
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6) 6 7.46-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.99-6.93 (m, 4H),
6.52-6.50 (m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 2H), 5.74-5.69 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.00
(s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Example 46. Synthesis of compound 502
0 0
0 0\o0 -0\ HO 0 0 H Ac2 0 H S N N O H 2N OH NH 0 102-B 0 \H
AcOH, 70 °C, 3h NH O NS120 C,16h 0 0 502-A 502-B 502
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 502-B
A mixture of compound 502-A (5-aminopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylic acid, 0.3 g, 1.32 mmol)
in Ac20 (8 mL) was stirred at 120 °C for overnight. The solvent was removed to give the crude
product 502-B (N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 0.35 g).
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 10.47 (s, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 502
A mixture of compound 502-B (N-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-yl)
acetamide, 0.3 g crude) and 102-B ((S)-1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethanamine, 0.30 g, 1.10 mmol) in AcOH (6 mL) was stirred at 70 °C for 3 hours. The solvent
was removed to get the crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound
502 ((S)-N-(2-(1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-1,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro
-1H-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-7-yl)acetamide, 144 mg, yield: 28%).
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.98 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.0
Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.8 Hz,
1H), 4.30-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.32
(t,J=6.8Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+H]+= 461.9.
Synthesis of the starting material 502-A
HO 0 O O - NH 2 Br OH 1) LTMP Br OH Mel, K2 C0 3 Br O Pd 2(dba) 3 , Xantphos, Cs 2 CO 3 N 2CN D I toluene, 110 °C, o/n N 2) C0 2 NDMFN
502-Al 502-A2 502-A3
O 000 TFA/DCM H 0 , H2N 00HO KOH H2 N ~O N N o1. i H20/TrHF I 00 O NAN N
502-A4 502-A5 502-A
Synthesis of compound 502-A2
At -60 °C, a solution of 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-piperidine (16.8 g, 118.8 mmol) in 200 mL of
THF was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 44 mL, 108.9 mmol) by dropwise slowly and stirred for 15
minutes. Then 502-Al (5-bromonicotinic acid, 10 g, 49.5 mmol) was added and stirred at -60 °C
for 0.5 hour. Then, dry C02 was bubbled into the reaction mixture at 25 °C for 3 hours. Water
(150 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The THF was removed. The water phase was
adjusted to pH=3 with IN HCl, concentrated and the resulting precipitate solid was collected by
filtration and dried to give compound 502-A2 (5-bromopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylic acid, 12.5 g)
as brown solid.
H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 9.02-9.03 (m, 2H), 8.73 (br s, 2H).
Synthesis of compound 502-A3
A solution of 502-A2 (9.3 g, 37.8 mmol) in 100 mL of DMF was added K 2 C03 (26.1 g, 189
mmol) and stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 hour. Then CH3 I (5.9 mL, 94.5 mmol) was added to the
mixture at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours. The mixture was poured into water
(600 mL), extracted with EtOAc (200 mL*2), washed with brine (200 mL*2), dried and
concentrated to give the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica
gel eluted with PE: EtOAc = 6:1 to give product 502-A3 (dimethyl
5-bromopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylate, 1.59 g, 15%) as yellow solid.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 69.13 (s, 1H), 9.12 (s, 1H ), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound 502-A4
A solution of 502-A3 (1.59 g, 5.8 mmol) in 70 mL of toluene was added
2,4-Dimethoxy-benzylamine (1.46 g, 8.75 mmol), Pd2 (dba) 3 (0.532 g, 0.58 mmol), Xantphos
(1.0 g, 1.74 mmol), Cs2CO3 (3.8 g, 11.6 mmol). Then, the mixture was stirred at 105 °C for
overnight. The mixture was cooled to 25 °C, filtrated and concentrated to give the crude
product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE:EtOAc =
10:1 to 3:1 to give the 502-A4 (dimethyl 5-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amino)pyridine-3,4
dicarboxylate, 1.92 g, 92%) as brown oil.
'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 6 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.1 Hz,1H), 6.56-6.60
(m, 1H), 6.43-6.49 (m, 2H), 4.42 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.81 (m, 12H).
Synthesis of compound 502-A5
A solution of compound 502-A4 (1.92 g, 5.33 mmol) in 30 mL of DCM was added TFA (9
mL) slowly by drop wise at 0 °C. Then, the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. The solvent
was removed. The residue was diluted with water (100 mL), adjusted to pH=8 with Na2CO3,
extracted with DCM (100 mL*2), dried and concentrated to give product 502-A5 (dimethyl
5-aminopyridine-3,4-dicarboxylate, 1.15 g) as brown oil.
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d) 68.32 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 6.18 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 6H).
Synthesis of compound 502-A
A mixture of 502-A5 (0.8 g, 3.8 mmol) in 60 mL of THF was added KOH (20%, 60 mL).
Then, the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hours. The solvent was removed. The residue was
diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (20 mL*2). The water phase was adjusted the
pH to 3 with 2 N HCl. The solvent was removed. The residue was diluted with EtOH (50 mL),
stirred at 25 °C for1 hour, filtrated, concentrated to give 502-A (5-aminopyridine-3,4
dicarboxylic acid, 1.2 g) as yellow solid.
Example 47. Synthesis of compound 121
CIF O-Na F F-, F- HO F 0 'OO O s I Cs2CO3, DMF/H20 KOH, DMF 121-B 121-C 103-A F O F F F 0 0O-(F N.F OOF
F /F ~NH O10 ~ - \ NH 4 0H F-\ NH 2 N 0 0 0 0 101-E '-O H 3 BO3 S AcOH NH 0 1 1 121-D 0 121
Step 1. Synthesis of compound 121-B A solution of 103-A (3-ethoxy-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 10 g, 60.2 mmol) and Cs2CO3
(29.43 g, 90.3 mmol) in DMF (70 mL) and H 2 0 (70 mL) was added sodium 2-chloro -2,2-difluoroacetate (23 g, 150.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for overnight. Water
(500 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2). The organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL x 2), dried and concentrated and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE: EtOAc = 10:1) to give 121-B (4-(difluoromethoxy)-3 ethoxybenzaldehyde, 2.5 g, 19 %) as yellow oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDC 3) 69.92 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 6.8Hz, 1H), 6.70 (td, J= 99.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.14 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.45 (m, 3H).
Step 2. Synthesis of compound 121-C A solution of DMSO (2.72 g, 29 mmol), KOH (0.97 g, 17.3 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at 30 °C for 30 minutes. Compound 121-B (4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-ethoxy benzaldehyde,
2.5 g, 11.65 mmol) was added to the mixture slowly and stirred at 30 °C for 3 hours. The mixture was quenched with sat. NH 4 Cl (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3), washed with brine (100 mL x 3), the combined organic phase was dried, filtered and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE: EtOAc = 5:1 to 1:1 to give 121-C (1-(difluoromethoxy)-2-ethoxy-4-(2
(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)benzene, 0.45 g, 13%) as yellow oil.
H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) 67.57 (d, J= 15.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27-6.39 (m, 5H), 44.14(q, J= 6.9
Hz, 2H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 1.49 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Step 3. Synthesis of compound 121-D
A solution of H 3 B0 3 (0.19 g, 3.08 mmol) and compound 121-C (1-(difluoromethoxy)-2
ethoxy-4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)vinyl)benzene, 0.45 g, 1.54 mmol) in NH 40H (60 mL) and
dioxane (10 mL) was stirred in a sealed tube for 3 days at 100°C. The mixture was extracted
with EtOAc (50 mL x 3), the organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl (50 mL x 2), adjusted the
pH to 12 with NaOH, extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3), dried and concentrated to get product
121-D (1-(4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-ethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 0.29 g, 61%)
as colorless oil.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 7.22-6.96 (m, 3H), 4.34-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.11 (q, J= 7.2 Hz,
2H), 3.48-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.33 (br s, 2H), 1.35 (t, J= 7.2 Hz,
3H).
Step 4. Synthesis of compound 121
A mixture of 121-D
(1-(4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-ethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine, 280 mg, 0.906 mmol)
and 101-E (N-(7-fluoro-1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-4-yl) acetamide, 202 mg, 0.906
mmol) in HOAc (10 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for overnight. Then the mixture was concentrated
to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by Prep-HPLC to afford 121
(N-(2-(1-(4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-ethoxyphenyl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)
ethyl)-7-fluoro-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-4-yl)acetamide, 235 mg, 50%) as a white solid.
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 6 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1H), 7.67 (t, J= 9.2 Hz,
1H), 7.25-6.88 (m, 4H), 5.83 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.12 (q, J= 7.2 Hz,
2H),3.06(s,3H),2.17(s,3H),1.35(t,J=7.2Hz,3H). LCMS:[M+H]+= 514.9.
Effect Example 1. PDE4 activity inhibition assay
The IC 5 o value of the inhibitory effect of the compound on PDE4A1A, PDE4B1 and PDE4D3
was tested.
Experiment materials:
Enzyme: PDE4A1A (BPS, Cat No. 60040); PDE4B1 (BPS, Cat No. 60041); PDE4D3
(BPS, Cat No. 60046).
Positive compound: Trequinsin (Sigma, Cat. No. T2057).
Reaction plate: a 384-well plate (Perkin Elmer, Cat. No. 6007279).
Equipment: Wallac Victor Multi-lable counter (Perkin Elmer).
Experiment steps:
I. Preparing 1x reaction liquid and termination liquid;
II. PDE enzymatic reaction;
1) The PDE was dissolved in lxreaction solution to form 2xenzyme solution.
2) FAM-cAMP was dissolved in lxreaction solution to form 2xsubstrate solution.
3) Echo 550 was used to transfer the corresponding volume of the compound in DMSO
solution to the reaction plate.
4) 2xenzyme solution was added into the corresponding well of the reaction plate and
incubated with the compound solution at room temperature for 15 minutes.
5) 2xsubstrate solution was added into the corresponding well of the reaction plate to
initiate the reaction.
6) Reaction plate was incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes and terminated by
adding termination liquid, then incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes.
III. Read on Victor;
IV. Curve fitting;
The inhibition rate was calculated by Excel; IC5 o was calculated by GraphPad Prism.
The corresponding structures of the compound codes of the present invention are as
described above, and the structures of the reference compounds are as follows:
0- 0
0 _0 00 N ,,0 S=O = 0 H NH O NH 0
0 IIr Reference compound 1 0 Reference compound 2
Experimental Results:
IC5 o(nM) Compound PDE4A1A PDE4B1 PDE4D3 Reference compound 1 22 29 13 Reference compound 2 9.85 14.5 6.4 101 17 27 12 201 39 41 25 301 102 116 65 401 182 211 110 601 273 390 201 701 2.5 3.5 2.1 801 295 364 202 901 411 484 248 102 11 14 7.4 202 11 11 5.4 302 33 41 22 103 7.25 12.75 3.7 203 22 31 18 105 61 97 41 106 340 493 300 107 8.3 12 4.6 205 123 165 79 206 1455 1347 997 207 20 20 12 104 53 70 31 204 133 157 83 703 30 55 20 702 2.2 4.7 4.0 706 6.5 18 4.0 705 0.58 1.6 0.53 709 17 32 11 708 3.1 5.1 1.6 712 32.6 82.8 29.0 711 1.1 5.1 2.0 719 15.3 57.8 15.4 718 0.9 3.0 0.7 725 32.1 93.0 33.5 724 2.3 5.7 3.1 113 2.1 5.1 1.3
111 1.3 4.3 1.9 728 0.6 1.6 0.4 115 6.0 17.3 5.7 732 0.8 2.4 1.1 734 5.6 17.8 13.0 737 51.8 136.0 35.9 739 14.5 36.3 10.9 742 2.4 6.2 2.6 745 1.1 2.6 1.2 748 2.8 7.9 3.3 757 2.5 4.5 1.8 760 3.1 4.7 1.3 121 3.4 7.0 0.9 751 5.0 9.9 3.1 754 10.6 21.9 8.0 502 205.6 512.7 107.2 764 1.6 1.9 1.0 767 1.3 2.2 1.0 770 1.6 1.8 1.5 773 1.7 1.7 1.2 118 5.1 8.7 2.5 120 7.6 11.0 4.9
Effect Example 2. TNF-a activity assay
I. PBMC Recovery and Cell Plating Steps:
(1) Cell Recovery:
1) Agitation was performed continuously in a 37 °C water bath to rapidly thaw cells.
2) The cells were gently added to a 15 ml centrifuge tube, to which was then added 10 ml
of fresh, prewarmed recovery medium gently and then centrifugation was performed at 1000
rpm for 10 min.
3) The supernatant medium was discarded and resuspension was performed with 10 ml of
fresh, prewarmed RPMI 1640 complete medium.
(2) 96-well plate plating:
1) The total number of cells needed for the experiment was calculated and adjusted to the appropriate cell concentration per ml. 100 ul and 105 cells per well.
2) The cell suspension was diluted with appropriate volume of cell culture medium. 3) The cell suspension was added to a disposable sterile sample well. 4) 100 ul of cell suspension was added to each well of a 96-well plate. 5) The plate was incubated in a 37 °C, 5% C02 incubator for 2 hours. (3) Compound preparation steps:
1) LPS: The 1 mg/mL stock solution was diluted with water, aliquoted, and stored at
-80°C. Prior to each test, the working solution of LPS was diluted from the stock solution with
serum-free RPMI 1640 medium.
2) Test compound 20 mM stock solution was dissolved in DMSO and the compound was checked for solubility, aliquoted, and stored at -80°C. (4) 8X compound gradient preparation: A series of compound concentration gradient was diluted with DMSO: 10 mM, 2 mM, 0.4
mM, 80 uM, 16 uM, 3.2 uM, 0.64 uM, 0.128 uM were obtained and then the compounds were
diluted 125-fold with serum-free RPMI 1640 medium to the final 8X. The final concentration
of DMSO in cell culture was 0.1%.
(5) Compound Processing Experimental Procedures and Collection of Supernatants: 1) Cell Plating: Fresh cells were plated in 96-well cell culture plates according to the procedure above, 100 ul and 105 cells per well, and then incubated in a 37 °C, 5% C02 incubator for 2 hours. 2) Compound Preparation: Before test, compounds were added to the plates according to the above description. A dose of compound in 8X concentration was prepared with serum-free RPMI 1640 medium and all gradients of solution were added to the compound plate. 3) Compound addition: 16.7 ul of compound solution in working concentration was added to each well of the cell culture plate. The plate was incubated in a 37 °C, 5% C02 incubator for 1 hour. 4) 16.7 ul of 8X LPS per well (final concentration of LPS is EC80, the amount of each PBMC needed to be determined) was added. The plate was incubated for 18 hours in 37 °C, 5% C02 incubator. 5) 80 ul of supernatant per well was collected and then subjected to TNF-a ELISA assay.
The collected supernatant can be stored at -80°C. The supernatant needed to be diluted in
various ratios to ensure that the experimental dose would not exceed the linear range of the
TNF-a standard curve, depending on the amount of TNF-a released in different donors.
Typically, 20-100ul of supernatant was diluted to 200ul and then used for ELISA experiments.
(6) TNF-a ELISA steps:
The TNF-a ELISA test procedure were referred to the BD human TNF-a ELISA kit experimental procedure. Experimental design:
Four compounds per plate. 5-fold dilution was performed, starting from 10 uM, by 8 gradients, and parallel wells were made. The TNF-a standard was added to each plate. (1" well, starting from 500 pg/ml, 2-fold dilution, 7 gradients) ZPE (0% inhibition) used 15 pg/ml LPS + 0.1% DMSO, while HPE (100% inhibition) used only 0.1% DMSO. The inhibition rate statistics were calculated. The inhibition rate (%)=
[1-(Max-Min)/(Test cpd-Min)]*100%. IC50 was used to evaluate the concentration of the test
compound (nM) at 50% inhibition. .
Effect Example 3. PK parameter test
1. Purpose of the test
Test compounds were administered intravenously or intragastrically singly to SD rats.
Blood samples were collected at different time points. LC-MS/MS was used to determine the
concentration of the test compounds in rat plasma after administration of tested compounds and
calculate the relevant PK parameters.
2. Experimental Design
2.1. Preparation of test compounds
The test compounds are calculated based on free radicals and are converted only by purity.
2.1.1. Intravenous injection group
A suitable amount of the test compound was added 5% DMSO + 95% HP-beta-CD (20%)
to prepare a solution of 0.6 mg/mL for intravenous administration.
2.1.2. Oral administration group
A suitable amount of the test compound was added 5% DMSO + 95% HP-beta-CD (20%)
to prepare a solution of1 mg/mL for intragastrical administration.
2.2. Dose and route of administration
Male Sprague-Dawley rats were purchased from Shanghai Xipuer-Bikai Laboratory
Animal Co., Ltd. There were 3 rats in each group. One group was used as control to collect
blank plasma. The other groups were given each test compound by intravenous injection (the
dose was 3 mg/kg) or intragastrical administration (the dose was 10 mg/kg). Heparin sodium
was used for anticoagulation. Analyze the concentration of the test compound in the blood
sample.
Abrosia for 10-14 hours before oral administration of the test compounds and resume
feeding 4 hours after oral administration of the test compounds.
2.3. Detailed clinical observation
Intravenous injection group: Before and after administration, no obvious abnormal
conditions were observed at each time point of blood collection.
Oral administration group: soft stool was observed 4-8 hours after administration in every
group and all were recovered the next day.
2.4. Sample Collection and Processing
The time points of blood sample collection were: intravenous injection: before
administration and at 0.083 hour, 0.25 hour, 0.5 hour, 1 hour, 2 hour, 4 hour, 6 hour, 8 hour, 24
hour after administration; oral administration: before administration and at 0.25 hour, 0.5 hour,
1 hour, 2 hour, 4 hour, 6 hour, 8 hour, 24 hour after administration. Blood samples were
collected through jugular vein puncture. About 0.25 mL blood was collected for each sample.
Heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation and the samples were placed on ice after
collection. Blood samples were placed on ice after collection, and plasma was separated by
centrifugation (centrifugation condition: 8000 rpm, 6 min, 2-8 °C). The collected plasma was
stored at -80 °C before analysis.
3. Analytical methods
3.1. Drugs and reagents
Test Compounds: Provided by Kangpu Biopharmaceuticals, Ltd.
Internal Standard Toluene Sulfonylurea: Provided by Test Institution.
Methanol (Burdick & Jackson, HPLC), acetonitrile (Burdick & Jackson, HPLC), formic
acid (J&K), water is ultrapure water.
3.2. Equipments
Ultra high performance liquid chromatography (Waters, ACQUITY UPLC), including
binary solvent manager (ACQUITY UPLC Binary Solvent Manager), Sample Manager
(ACQUITY UPLC Autosampler Mod.), high throughput sample organizer (ACQUTIY UPLC
Sample Organizer), high temperature column compartment (ACQUITY UPLC Column Heater
HT). Mass spectrometer (API 4000, Bio System Inc, USA), electrospray ion source (ESI),
series quadrupole mass analyzer. Data processing system is Analyst software (American
Applied Biosystems Inc., version 1.5.1).
3.3. Analytical methods
LC-MS/MS determination.
Sample pretreatment
50 L plasma sample was added into a 1.5 mL centrifugal tube, and 250 L internal
standard solution (the same volume of methanol was added to blank sample instead of internal
standard) was added to the sample. The sample was mixed in a whirlpool and centrifuged for 5
minutes at 14000 rpm. The supernatant of 200 L was added to 96-well plate for LC-MS/MS
analysis.
4. Pharmacokinetic results
The pharmacokinetic parameters of the test compounds were calculated using the
non-compartment model of WinNonlin v5.2, a software for pharmacokinetic calculation, based
on the data of plasma concentration. The experimental results are shown in the table below. Compound Tmax(po) T1/2 (IV) T1/2(po) AUC(iv) AUC(po) F Reference 1 0.47 0.94 1048 785 22.5 compound 2 103 2 1.05 3.83 1260 4125 98.2 203 0.5 0.95 0.87 1012 250 7.4 702 0.67 0.38 6.53 1328 1047 15.5 705 0.5 0.92 9.25 1343 3588 80.2 708 0.67 0.54 4.21 945 51 1.62
Claims (1)
- The claims defining the invention are as follows:1. A compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph,co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrug thereof,O-R3 X(4 -..... R4|| N 01 N R Rl5 1 R R2 Formula Iwherein, the carbon atom labelled by * is an asymmetric center;R 1 and R2 are independently H, D, substituted or unsubstituted (C-C6)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C)cyloalkyl, R6 -S(O) 2 - or R 6 -C(O)-;or, R and R2 and the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached together form a 5-7 membered heterocycle containing N;R6 is substituted or unsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; or (C1-C6)alkyl, which is optionallysubstituted with one or more groups selected from D, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, (CI-C)alkylamino, (CI-C6)alkoxy and benzyloxy;X1 , X2 , X 3 , X 4 , X5 and X 6 are independently CH, CD, CR7 or N;R7 is halogen or cyano;R3 and R4 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted (CI-C6)alkyl, substituted orunsubstituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C)alkyl-(C3-C)cycloalkyl;or, R3 and R4 and the oxygen atom to which they are attached together form a 5-7 memberedheterocycle containing 0;R5 is substituted or unsubstituted (C-C6)alkyl; R 10, R" and R 12 are independently H or D;the substituent in substituted (C1-C)alkyl, substituted (C3-C)cycloalkyl, or, substituted(C1-C6)alkyl-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl is one or more selected from the group consisting of: D, halogen,hydroxyl, amino, (C1-C)alkyl amino, (C1-C)alkoxy and benzyloxy; when there are a pluralityof substituents, the substituents are the same or different;provided that: one of X1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 is N.2. The compound of formula I according to claim 1, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrug thereof, wherein,XI is N, X 2 , X3 , X4 , X 5 and X6 are independently CH, CD or CR7 ; orX 2 is N, X1 , X3 , X4 , X 5 and X6 are independently CH, CD or CR7 ; orX 3 is N, X1 , X 2 , X4 , X 5 and X6 are independently CH, CD or CR7 ; orX 4 is N, X1 , X 2 , X3 , X 5 and X6 are independently CH, CD or CR7 ; orX 5 is N, X1 , X 2, X3 , X 4 and X6 are independently CH, CD or CR7 ; orX 6 is N, X1 , X 2 , X3 , X 4 and X5 are independently CH, CD or CR7. 3. The compound of formula I according to claim 1 or 2, or the pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrug thereof,wherein,X 6 is N, X1 , X 2 , X3 are independently CH, CD or CR7 , X 4 , X5 are independently CH, or CD;orX 6 is N, XI is CR7 , X 2 , X3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or CD; orX 6 is N, X 2 is CR7 , X1 , X3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or CD; orX 6 is N, X 3 is CR7 , X1 , X2 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or CD.4. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-3, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein, 6 one of R' and R2 is H or D, the other is R-S(O) - or R6-C(O)-. 25. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-4, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R 6 is (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; or (Ci-C4)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of D, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, (C1-C4)alkylamino, (C1-C4)alkoxy and benzyloxy; orR' is cyclopropyl, methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl,isobutyl, dimethylaminomethyl, isopropyl, CD 3 or C 2 D5. 6. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-5, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R3 and R4 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted (C-C6)alkyl; orR3 and R4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, CD 3 , CH 2D, CHD 2, C2 D5, CH 2CD 3 or CHF 2 .7. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-6, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R5 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, CD 3 , CH2 D, CHD 2 , C2 D or CH 2CD 3. 8. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-7, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R7 is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or cyano.9. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-8, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,X 6 is N, X1 , X 2 , X3 , X 4 and X 5 are independently CH or CR 7 ;R7 is halogen or cyano.10. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-9, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R 10 and R 1 are H.11. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-10, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,R 12 is H.12. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-11, or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound or prodrugthereof, wherein,the asymmetric center refers to (S)-configured carbon.13. The compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1-12, or thepharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopecompound or prodrug thereof, wherein, the compound of formula I is any one of the followingcompounds: 0- 00 -0\ 0\ I N 0 N N 11 11 N 0NH 0 NH O O 401 0 5010- 0- 0- 0N N ON N 0 N 0 0 N [!i:D "0 H S S1 "O NH050 0 60 0 70 0 0 702 0 NH 0 - N_ NH 0 NH O NH 0 502 0601 0 701 700- 0- 0 0-00 F F 100 F 10 \ -N NN N 0I N 0 N *0 -ii' ri S H~i~ H-S Y NH 0 "Y>NH 0 'YN y NH 0 703 0 704 0 705 0 7060- 0- 0-CD 3 0- _00 F 0 0 0 0JN~ I N_ 0 "'NN 0' N 0-. NH 0~ NH 'YNH0 yNH 0 709 0 710 0 707 0 780-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3000 0 0000Nj N-N'~ -N 'CD, 0 N' C 2D 5 NH 0 0~S N~ i0 0NH0NH 0 ~ NH 0 ~ NH 71 711 712 I 714 0 0 71 0 71300-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 30 0 F 0 -ND N0 5 N 0 I N II0 NN~-0 ll~-Ny-\"o "'N o 5 N.0 H sl s-\ H S\ NH 0 -.YNH 0 NH 0 -r "NH 0 0I170I 1 0 715 0 7160-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3 0-CD 3F F 0 0 F 0 / 00- N N-N CAD N-N C2D5 F N-N 0 N 0 N~ 0 N~CI H . 10~ "'o I N 0 0 HN NH 0 0N 0 y 719 y 720 N N 02 Y 722 000 7100-CD 3 3 F N 0 0-CD 3 0-CD 30-D 0 0D 5 F 0 0 0 F- N-N C2D5 N 0N CA N \- F -NN 0 IK- I N. 0 N 0 N. 0NN NHo 72 002 0 72 0 0-4 0- 10S,~ HS 0 >.NH 0 "YH 'NH 0 NH 0 0 901 02 728 727 0 72401 0 -D 0- 0- cCI 0j C"0 ' C N N 0 N 0 11~ N.0_ N H S 0 H(-S- P4,0 -s s- i 'YNH 0 NH 0 'YNH 0 .IrNH 072 0 1 73 010 9 1 73l 729N c 0 730 0 0-N -125CN0 \00- 0- 0 NN 0 0 -N N~~ ~~~ 0 00CN N\NC ~ N'N N. 0 0 N NH -- N H O '.-' H--S0Y NH 0 yN H 0 NH07376 73a 3 0 730- 0- 0- 00 0 0 N NN S( H Hz SNHNNH 0 'NH 0 H ,,NH 000 737 00 738 0 739 o 7400- 0 0 00 00 10 0 -N -N0 " 0 0 74 N "'oNH N 0~0H741 NH I 742 0- 7430- 0- 00 0 F 0 0F 0 \ N -N N N 0N 0N 0 I~~l~ "YO I z 0NH 0 0 NH 0 N 0 '> NH 0 0 0 740 745 0 7460-0- 0- 00 N N 0\ 0N0- 0 0- 0 NN 0 N N 0 N1 4 "_ N '0 N~I 0S1O'N NH 075 0N--yNH 0752 NH > 0 " " ~ NH 000- 0- 0 F 0 0F 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 \-o\ 10 N 0\ - N 00N,,NH NNN.N 0 NH 0 NH755 75 0 730 750-0- 0- 0 F \a 0" N 9.-0 N 0 I N "N' 0I~ H* SO SO H -S NH 0NH 0 NH 0 NH 0a~ 5 760 Y ay 761 0'Y 7620-0- 0- 0-CD 3F 0 F 0 0 F 0 0 F N V.. .~N -N. N0 N 0 N NN' NH 0 H0 NH NH 0 0SN N' NN H SH S H SS NH 0NH 0 NH 0 NH 767 0 768 0 769 0700-CD 0-CD 3 0-D 0-CDF 0 - 0 00 0 0 0 -N 'sN -N~ N.0 N' 0 N.N 0 H~~~ S .- I- HS N 0 0 NHNH 0`IrNH 0 yN H 00 77177 0 014Aetoofrprig0opudofrml acrintanoefcams-3 whihiselctdfommthd0ndmthdBprepAreteomod offoeprmul aIcmon;ffruaIacrin oayoeo lis1 3O-R3 0-R4X2K x5 X:x~ MI P N 0 - Rio \ 1 R' R 1 'N 2 R R R 11 K5 R1 R2 Formula I-A Formula I-B Formula Imethod B, including the following steps: a compound of formula 1-3 and a compound of formula 1-4 are reacted as follows to prepare the compound of formula I;0-R3 O-R 3 4 4 R O-R40 )X -X 0' x2 ' X3 X23 0x S N 0 + Rx Y x X// R12 S0 12 R 0 RIR 11 \ 10 11 5 RNR NH 2 O R R Formula 1-4 N R Formula 1-3 Formula Iwherein, X 1, X 2, X3 , X 4, X 5, X 6, R1, R2, R3, R4, R , R1 0, R" and R 12 are as defined in anyone of claims 1-13; Y is a leaving group.15. A compound of formula 1-3:O-R 30 O x -XG X2 ' -- Ax X R 12 S a NH 2 R RFormula 1-3wherein, X, X 2, X 3, X 4 , X 5, X 6, R3, R4, R5, R1, R" and R 12 are as defined in any one ofclaims 1-13.16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds of formula Iaccording to any one of claims 1-13, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph,co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound and prodrug thereof, and one or more pharmaceuticalexcipients.17. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16, wherein, the composition furthercomprises other therapeutic agent with pharmacological activity, wherein the other therapeuticagent is selected from anti-angiogenesis drugs, immunomodulators, immunotherapeutic drugs, chemotherapeutic drugs, hormone compounds, anti-tumor drugs and anti-inflammatory drugs.18. Use of one or more compounds of formula I according to any one of claims 1-13, thepharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotopecompound and prodrug thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for regulating thegeneration or activity of PDE4 and/or TNF-a, or in the manufacture of a medicament for treatingor preventing a disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal generation or regulation ofPDE4 and/or TNF-a.19. The use according to claim 18, wherein the disease, disorder or condition are psoriaticarthritis, or plaque psoriasis.20. A method for regulating the generation or activity of PDE4 and/or TNF-a, or for treatingor preventing a disease, disorder or condition related to abnormal generation or regulation ofPDE4 and/or TNF-a, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof one ormore compounds of formula I according to any one of claims 1-13, the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, co-crystal, stereoisomer, isotope compound and prodrugthereof, or a pharmaceutical compostion according to claim 16 or 17.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201710112364.2 | 2017-02-28 | ||
| CN201710112364 | 2017-02-28 | ||
| CN201710725987.7 | 2017-08-22 | ||
| CN201710725987 | 2017-08-22 | ||
| PCT/CN2018/077324 WO2018157779A1 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2018-02-27 | Novel isoindoline derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| AU2018228541A1 AU2018228541A1 (en) | 2019-09-05 |
| AU2018228541B2 true AU2018228541B2 (en) | 2020-07-16 |
Family
ID=63369785
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2018228541A Active AU2018228541B2 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2018-02-27 | Novel isoindoline derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof |
Country Status (14)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US11337964B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP3590924B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP6942380B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102318401B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN110291065B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2018228541B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA3052516C (en) |
| DK (1) | DK3590924T3 (en) |
| ES (1) | ES2902052T3 (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ756231A (en) |
| PL (1) | PL3590924T3 (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2728829C1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2018157779A1 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA201905098B (en) |
Families Citing this family (17)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN109280027A (en) * | 2018-12-13 | 2019-01-29 | 康化（上海）新药研发有限公司 | A kind of synthetic method of 5,6- dimethoxy -2- pyridine carboxylic acid |
| CN111777518A (en) * | 2019-04-03 | 2020-10-16 | 上海安谱实验科技股份有限公司 | Synthetic preparation method of phenylethanolamine A labeled by stable isotope |
| CN120172959A (en) | 2019-04-12 | 2025-06-20 | C4医药公司 | Tricyclic degradants of IKAROS and AIOLOS |
| WO2020246329A1 (en) * | 2019-06-05 | 2020-12-10 | 住友化学株式会社 | METHOD FOR PRODUCING β-KETOSULFONE COMPOUND |
| EP4003369A4 (en) | 2019-07-27 | 2023-10-18 | Brii Biosciences, Inc. | ADENOSINE DERIVATIVE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING SAME |
| CN110423213B (en) * | 2019-08-22 | 2021-06-04 | 上海英诺富成生物科技有限公司 | Apremilast derivative and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN110627694B (en) * | 2019-10-18 | 2021-06-15 | 山东邹平大展新材料有限公司 | Method for recovering 3-ethoxy-4-methoxy-alpha- [ (methylsulfonyl) methyl ] -benzylamine |
| CN112979442A (en) * | 2019-12-12 | 2021-06-18 | 上海安谱实验科技股份有限公司 | Stable isotope labeled methyl vanillin and synthesis method thereof |
| CN113121404B (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2024-07-09 | 江苏先声药业有限公司 | Synthesis method of apremilast |
| EP4101848A4 (en) * | 2020-02-24 | 2023-07-26 | Suzhou Longbotai Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Pde4 inhibitor compound and medical use thereof |
| CN113527179B (en) * | 2020-04-13 | 2023-07-07 | 苏州璞正医药有限公司 | Chain hydrocarbon substituted isoindoline-1, 3-diketone PDE4 inhibitor and pharmaceutical application thereof |
| CN112898132B (en) * | 2020-10-23 | 2023-03-14 | 上海安谱实验科技股份有限公司 | Synthetic method of stable isotope deuterium-labeled methyl triclosan |
| TW202237146A (en) | 2021-01-25 | 2022-10-01 | 美商布里生物科學股份有限公司 | Combination therapy for hiv with adenosine derivative and capsid inhibitor |
| KR20230132476A (en) | 2021-01-25 | 2023-09-15 | 브리 바이오사이언시스, 인크. | Adenosine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| CN114790164B (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2022-12-27 | 苏州璞正医药有限公司 | Substituted isoindoline-1,3-diketone PDE4 inhibitor and pharmaceutical application thereof |
| EP4568945A1 (en) | 2022-08-11 | 2025-06-18 | The United States of America, as represented by The Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services | Halophthalimide compounds and methods of use against tbi, inflammatory disorder, autoimmune disorder, neurodegenerative disease or viral infection |
| CN119798183A (en) * | 2024-12-19 | 2025-04-11 | 上海药坦药物研究开发有限公司 | A method for preparing oxazole compounds |
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| AU2006200033A1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2006-02-02 | Celgene Corporation | Substituted phenethylsulfones and methods of reducing TNF-alpha levels |
Family Cites Families (15)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6020358A (en) | 1998-10-30 | 2000-02-01 | Celgene Corporation | Substituted phenethylsulfones and method of reducing TNFα levels |
| ZA200505308B (en) | 2002-12-30 | 2006-10-25 | Celgene Corp | Fluoroalkoxy-substituted 1, 3-Dihydro-Isoindolyl compounds and their pharmaceutical uses |
| WO2004080423A2 (en) | 2003-03-12 | 2004-09-23 | Celgene Corporation | 7-amino- isoindolyl compounds amd their pharmaceutical uses |
| US20060058311A1 (en) | 2004-08-14 | 2006-03-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Combinations for the treatment of diseases involving cell proliferation |
| WO2006065814A1 (en) * | 2004-12-13 | 2006-06-22 | Celgene Corporation | Compositions comprising pde4 modulators and their use for the treatment or prevention of airway inflammation |
| RU2471782C2 (en) * | 2008-03-27 | 2013-01-10 | Селджин Корпорейшн | Solid forms containing (+)-2-[1-(3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylsulphonylethyl]-4-acetylaminoisoindoline-1, 3-dione, their compositions and use |
| PE20110547A1 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2011-08-04 | Celgene Corp | ISOINDOLINE COMPOUNDS WITH ANTI-CANCER ACTIVITY |
| US9045453B2 (en) | 2008-11-14 | 2015-06-02 | Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted dioxopiperidinyl phthalimide derivatives |
| PL2443089T3 (en) * | 2009-06-18 | 2014-09-30 | Concert Pharmaceuticals Inc | Deuterated isoindoline-1,3-dione derivatives as pde4 and tnf-alpha inhibitors |
| WO2012083153A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2012-06-21 | Nektar Therapeutics | Oligomer-containing apremilast moiety compounds |
| JP6132773B2 (en) * | 2011-01-10 | 2017-05-24 | セルジーン コーポレイション | Phenethylsulfone isoindoline derivatives as inhibitors of PDE4 and / or cytokines |
| US9045417B2 (en) * | 2011-01-14 | 2015-06-02 | Celgene Corporation | Isotopologues of isoindole derivatives |
| EP2730278A1 (en) * | 2012-11-08 | 2014-05-14 | Ratiopharm GmbH | Composition melt |
| EP3142748B1 (en) * | 2014-05-15 | 2019-09-11 | Celgene Corporation | Use of pde4 inhibitors and combinations thereof for the treatment of cystic fibrosis |
| US20170087129A1 (en) * | 2014-05-16 | 2017-03-30 | Celgene Corporation | Compositions and methods for the treatment of atherosclerotic cardiovascular diseases with pde4 modulators |
-
2018
- 2018-02-27 KR KR1020197024513A patent/KR102318401B1/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 US US16/488,794 patent/US11337964B2/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 CA CA3052516A patent/CA3052516C/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 EP EP18761354.2A patent/EP3590924B1/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 AU AU2018228541A patent/AU2018228541B2/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 NZ NZ756231A patent/NZ756231A/en unknown
- 2018-02-27 CN CN201880011566.0A patent/CN110291065B/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 RU RU2019130390A patent/RU2728829C1/en active
- 2018-02-27 JP JP2019547071A patent/JP6942380B2/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 DK DK18761354.2T patent/DK3590924T3/en active
- 2018-02-27 ES ES18761354T patent/ES2902052T3/en active Active
- 2018-02-27 PL PL18761354T patent/PL3590924T3/en unknown
- 2018-02-27 WO PCT/CN2018/077324 patent/WO2018157779A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2019
- 2019-07-31 ZA ZA2019/05098A patent/ZA201905098B/en unknown
-
2022
- 2022-02-04 US US17/665,456 patent/US11628161B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| AU2006200033A1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2006-02-02 | Celgene Corporation | Substituted phenethylsulfones and methods of reducing TNF-alpha levels |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| KR20190122678A (en) | 2019-10-30 |
| AU2018228541A1 (en) | 2019-09-05 |
| US20200061033A1 (en) | 2020-02-27 |
| CA3052516C (en) | 2022-08-16 |
| CA3052516A1 (en) | 2018-09-07 |
| US20220152002A1 (en) | 2022-05-19 |
| US11628161B2 (en) | 2023-04-18 |
| JP6942380B2 (en) | 2021-09-29 |
| PL3590924T3 (en) | 2022-01-24 |
| DK3590924T3 (en) | 2022-01-03 |
| ZA201905098B (en) | 2020-12-23 |
| WO2018157779A1 (en) | 2018-09-07 |
| NZ756231A (en) | 2021-12-24 |
| EP3590924A4 (en) | 2020-02-19 |
| ES2902052T3 (en) | 2022-03-24 |
| RU2728829C1 (en) | 2020-07-31 |
| EP3590924B1 (en) | 2021-10-27 |
| CN110291065B (en) | 2022-08-19 |
| EP3590924A1 (en) | 2020-01-08 |
| US11337964B2 (en) | 2022-05-24 |
| CN110291065A (en) | 2019-09-27 |
| KR102318401B1 (en) | 2021-10-29 |
| JP2020509017A (en) | 2020-03-26 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU2018228541B2 (en) | Novel isoindoline derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof | |
| ES3036123T3 (en) | Heterocyclic rip1 kinase inhibitors | |
| US11702399B2 (en) | Quinazolinone derivative, preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical composition, and applications | |
| BR112020003116A2 (en) | ahr inhibitors and their uses | |
| EA035499B1 (en) | Novel glutaminase inhibitors | |
| AU2015289643A1 (en) | Therapeutic inhibitory compounds | |
| KR20240004634A (en) | Tricyclic ubiquitin-specific protease 1 inhibitors and uses thereof | |
| CN117285485B (en) | Bis-sulfonamide derivative and preparation method and application thereof | |
| CN117263944B (en) | Ubiquitin-specific protease 1 inhibitors and uses thereof | |
| HK40008858A (en) | A novel isoindoline derivative, a pharmaceutical composition and use thereof | |
| HK40008858B (en) | A novel isoindoline derivative, a pharmaceutical composition and use thereof | |
| CN118146197A (en) | Alkyne compound and preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof | |
| NZ744387B2 (en) | Quinazolinone derivative, preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical composition, and applications |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| FGA | Letters patent sealed or granted (standard patent) |